HomeMy WebLinkAbout_4-24-2020 MEP Spec Issue - Everest MMII 8th floor buildoutApril 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 1
SECTION 21 13 13
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties.
2. Cover system for sprinkler piping.
3. Specialty valves.
4. Sprinklers.
5. Alarm devices.
6. Manual control stations.
7. Control panels.
8. Pressure gages.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 21 11 19 "Fire Department Connections" for exposed-, flush-, and yard-type fire
department connections.
2. Section 21 05 23 "General-Duty Valves for Water-Based Fire-Suppression Piping" for
ball, butterfly, check, gate, post-indicator, and trim and drain valves.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Standard-Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet-pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at
working pressure of 175-psig (1200-kPa) maximum.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and
furnished specialties and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 2
2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the
qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are
shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:
1. Domestic water piping.
2. Compressed air piping.
3. HVAC hydronic piping.
4. Items penetrating finished ceiling include the following:
a. Lighting fixtures.
b. Air outlets and inlets.
B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
C. Design Data:
1. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13,
that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic
calculations if applicable.
D. Welding certificates.
E. Field Test Reports:
1. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as
described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for
Aboveground Piping."
2. Fire-hydrant flow test report.
F. Field quality-control reports.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems and specialties to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 3
1. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with
space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of
sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with
sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems
and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test.
a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field
test reports by a qualified professional engineer.
B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to 2010 ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Sprinkler Service: Do not interrupt sprinkler service to facilities occupied
by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary sprinkler service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than two days in advance of
proposed interruption of sprinkler service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of sprinkler service without Architect's, Construction
Manager's and Owner's written permission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with
the following:
1. NFPA 13.
B. Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum
working pressure.
C. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 40 00
"Quality Requirements," to design wet-pipe sprinkler systems.
1. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 4
a. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including
losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers.
b. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications:
1) General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
2) Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard.
2. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design:
a. Residential (Dwelling) Occupancy: 0.05 gpm over 400-sq. ft. (2.04 mm/min. over
37.2-sq. m) area.
b. Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. (4.1 mm/min. over 139-sq. m)
area.
c. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. (6.1 mm/min.
over 139-sq. m) area.
d. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. (8.1 mm/min.
over 139-sq. m) area.
e. Extra-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.30 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. (12.2 mm/min. over
232-sq. m) area.
f. Extra-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.40 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. (16.3 mm/min. over
232-sq. m) area.
g. Special Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: According to UL listing.
4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler:
a. Office Spaces: 120 sq. ft. (11.1 sq. m).
b. Storage Areas: 130 sq. ft. (12.1 sq. m).
c. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. (12.1 sq. m).
d. Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. (12.1 sq. m).
e. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations unless otherwise indicated.
D. Seismic Performance: Sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions
determined according to NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7.
2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Standard-Weight, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be
factory or field formed to match joining method.
B. Schedule 10, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135/A 135M or ASTM A 795/A 795M, Schedule 10 in
NPS 5 (DN 125) and smaller; and NFPA 13-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10
(DN 150 to DN 250), plain end.
C. Uncoated-Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865/A 865M, threaded.
D. Uncoated, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern.
E. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860.
F. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 5
G. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150.
1. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick or
EPDM rubber gasket.
a. Class 125 and Class 250, Cast-Iron, Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face gaskets.
b. Class 150 and Class 300, Ductile-Iron or -Steel, Raised-Face Flanges: Ring-type
gaskets.
2. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.
H. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9.
1. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials
appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
I. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Anvil International.
b. Corcoran Piping System Co.
c. National Fittings, Inc.
d. Shurjoint Piping Products USA Inc.
e. Smith-Cooper International.
f. Tyco Fire Products LP.
g. Victaulic Company.
2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum.
3. Painted Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron casting
or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe.
4. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern,
unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections,
EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts.
2.3 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Branch Outlet Fittings:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Anvil International.
b. National Fittings, Inc.
c. Shurjoint Piping Products USA Inc.
d. Tyco Fire Products LP.
e. Victaulic Company.
2. Standard: UL 213.
3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 6
4. Body Material: Ductile-iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts.
5. Type: Mechanical-tee and -cross fittings.
6. Configurations: Snap-on and strapless, ductile-iron housing with branch outlets.
7. Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to
match connected branch piping.
8. Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain-end pipe, or threaded.
B. Branch Line Testers:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
b. Fire-End & Croker Corporation.
c. Potter Roemer LLC.
2. Standard: UL 199.
3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1200 kPa).
4. Body Material: Brass.
5. Size: Same as connected piping.
6. Inlet: Threaded.
7. Drain Outlet: Threaded and capped.
8. Branch Outlet: Threaded, for sprinkler.
C. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. AGF Manufacturing Inc.
b. Tyco Fire Products LP.
c. Victaulic Company.
d. Viking Corporation.
2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide."
3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum.
4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with sight glass.
5. Size: Same as connected piping.
6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded.
D. Adjustable Drop Nipples:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Aegis Technologies, Inc.
b. CECA, LLC.
c. Corcoran Piping System Co.
d. Merit Manufacturing.
2. Standard: UL 1474.
3. Pressure Rating: 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 7
4. Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM-rubber O-ring seals.
5. Size: Same as connected piping.
6. Length: Adjustable.
7. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded.
2.4 SPRINKLERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
2. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The).
3. Tyco Fire Products LP.
4. Venus Fire Protection Ltd.
5. Victaulic Company.
6. Viking Corporation.
B. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide."
C. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum.
D. Pressure Rating for High-Pressure Automatic Sprinklers: 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum.
E. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element:
1. Early-Suppression, Fast-Response Applications: UL 1767.
2. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199.
3. Residential Applications: UL 1626.
4. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch (12.7-mm) orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6,
and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required
by application.
F. Open Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element Removed: UL 199.
1. Nominal Orifice: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), with discharge coefficient K between 5.3 and 5.8.
2. Nominal Orifice: 17/32 inch (13.5 mm) with discharge coefficient K between 7.4 and 8.2.
G. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated bronze and painted.
H. Special Coatings: Wax lead and corrosion-resistant paint.
I. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting
applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with
sprinklers.
1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat.
2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat.
J. Sprinkler Guards:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 8
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The).
b. Tyco Fire Products LP.
c. Victaulic Company.
d. Viking Corporation.
2. Standard: UL 199.
3. Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler.
2.5 MANUAL CONTROL STATIONS
A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide" for
hydraulic operation, with union, NPS 1/2 (DN 15) pipe nipple, and bronze ball valve.
B. Include metal enclosure labeled "MANUAL CONTROL STATION," with operating instructions
and cover held closed by breakable strut to prevent accidental opening.
2.6 PRESSURE GAGES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. AGF Manufacturing Inc.
2. AMETEK, Inc.
3. Ashcroft Inc.
4. Brecco Corporation.
5. WIKA Instrument Corporation.
B. Standard: UL 393.
C. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch (90- to 115-mm) diameter.
D. Pressure Gage Range: 0- to 250-psig (0- to 1725-kPa) minimum.
E. Label: Include "WATER" label on dial face.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system
design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article.
B. Report test results promptly and in writing.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 9
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general
location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated on approved working plans.
1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from
authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from
approved working plans.
2. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates
ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies.
B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping.
C. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for seismic-restraint
device materials and installation.
D. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in
pipe sizes.
E. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller.
F. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and
equipment having NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger end connections.
G. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve,
and sized and located according to NFPA 13.
H. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage.
I. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when
sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes.
J. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with
requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. In seismic-rated areas, refer to Section 21 05 48
"Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment."
K. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection. Include pressure
gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4 (DN 8) and with soft-metal seated globe valve,
arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal and install
where they are not subject to freezing.
L. Fill sprinkler system piping with water.
M. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
sleeves specified in Section 21 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping."
N. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 21 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-
Suppression Piping."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 10
O. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 21 05 18 "Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression
Piping."
3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that
have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for
aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated.
B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller.
C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and
equipment having NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger end connections.
D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before
assembly.
F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water
service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.
G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.
H. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article.
1. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for
galvanized-steel pipe.
I. Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe according to
AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and
grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints.
J. Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both
piping systems.
3.4 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION
A. Install listed fire-protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and
specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 11
B. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of
check valves in potable-water-supply sources.
3.5 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical ceiling panels.
3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in
NFPA 13.
B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance"
Chapter.
4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices.
5. Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required.
B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.
B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any
sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish.
3.9 DEMONSTRATION
A. Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain sprinkler system.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
21 13 13 - 12
3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified
fittings.
B. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be one of the
following:
1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded
fittings; and threaded joints.
2. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings
for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints.
3. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded
joints.
4. Schedule 10 black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for
steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints.
5. Schedule 10 black-steel pipe with plain ends; welding fittings; and welded joints.
C. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100), shall
be one of the following:
1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded
fittings; and threaded joints.
2. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings
for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints.
3. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded
joints.
4. Schedule 10 black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for
steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints.
5. Schedule 10 black-steel pipe with plain ends; welding fittings; and welded joints.
3.11 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE
A. Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications:
1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers.
2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Concealed sprinklers.
3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers.
B. Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs below with finishes indicated.
1. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory-painted white cover plate.
2. Upright Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in
unfinished spaces not exposed to view.
END OF SECTION 21 13 13
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping
22 05 18 - 1
SECTION 22 05 18
ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Escutcheons.
2. Floor plates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Existing Piping to Remain: Existing piping that is not to be removed and that is not otherwise
indicated to be removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. BrassCraft Manufacturing Co.; a Masco company.
2. Dearborn Brass.
3. Jones Stephens Corp.
4. Keeney Manufacturing Company (The).
5. Mid-America Fittings, Inc.
2.2 ESCUTCHEONS
A. One-Piece, Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping
22 05 18 - 2
B. One-Piece, Stainless-Steel Type: With polished stainless-steel finish.
C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener.
D. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped steel with polished, chrome-plated
finish and spring-clip fasteners.
E. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners.
F. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish; concealed and exposed-
rivet hinge; and spring-clip fasteners.
2.3 FLOOR PLATES
A. Split Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors.
B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and
with OD that completely covers opening.
1. Escutcheons for New Piping:
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep pattern.
b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish.
c. Insulated Piping: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish.
d. Insulated Piping: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish.
e. Insulated Piping: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish.
f. Insulated Piping: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with
concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish.
g. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel
with polished, chrome-plated finish.
h. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece
stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish.
i. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece cast
brass with polished, chrome-plated finish.
j. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece
stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished,
chrome-plated finish.
k. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel with
polished, chrome-plated finish.
l. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stainless steel
with polished stainless-steel finish.
m. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece cast brass with
polished, chrome-plated finish.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping
22 05 18 - 3
n. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stamped steel
or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated
finish.
o. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-
plated finish.
p. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished,
chrome-plated finish.
q. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate,
stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish.
r. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated
finish.
s. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-
plated finish.
t. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped
steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish.
2. Escutcheons for Existing Piping to Remain:
a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, stamped steel with concealed hinge with
polished, chrome-plated finish.
b. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished,
chrome-plated finish
c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate,
stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish.
d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped steel
with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-plate, stamped steel with
concealed or exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish.
f. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed or
exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish.
C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors.
D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD
that completely covers opening.
1. New Piping: One-piece, floor plate.
2. Existing Piping: Split floor plate.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates.
END OF SECTION 22 05 18
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping
22 05 23.12- 1
SECTION 22 05 23.12
BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Bronze ball valves.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CWP: Cold working pressure.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of valve.
1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61 Annex G and NSF 372.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
2. Protect threads, flange faces, and soldered ends.
3. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
B. Use the following precautions during storage:
1. Maintain valve end protection.
2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher-than-ambient-dew-point temperature. If
outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.
C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use
operating handles or stems as lifting or rigging points.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping
22 05 23.12- 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES
A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single
manufacturer.
B. ASME Compliance:
1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded end valves.
2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves.
3. ASME B16.5 for flanges on steel valves.
4. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
5. ASME B16.18 for solder-joint connections.
6. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.
C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 Annex G and NSF 372 for valve materials for potable-water service.
D. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with
copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.
E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system
pressures and temperatures.
F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
G. Valve Actuator Types:
1. Gear Actuator: For quarter-turn valves NPS 4 and larger.
2. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves smaller than NPS 4.
H. Valves in Insulated Piping:
1. Include 2-inch stem extensions.
2. Extended operating handles of nonthermal-conductive material and protective sleeves
that allow operation of valves without breaking vapor seals or disturbing insulation.
3. Memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied.
2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES
A. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port and Stainless-Steel Trim:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Apollo Valves; Conbraco Industries, Inc.
b. Crane; Crane Energy Flow Solutions.
c. Hammond Valve.
d. Lance Valves.
e. Milwaukee Valve Company.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping
22 05 23.12- 3
f. NIBCO INC.
g. Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-110.
b. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
c. Body Design: Two piece.
d. Body Material: Bronze.
e. Ends: Threaded or soldered.
f. Seats: PTFE.
g. Stem: Stainless steel.
h. Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
i. Port: Full.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove
special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and
handling.
B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made
accessible by such operations.
C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.
D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper
size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is
suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.
E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.
3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service,
maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
E. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping
22 05 23.12- 4
3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP
ratings may be substituted.
B. Select valves with the following end connections:
1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-
end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end
option is indicated in valve schedules below.
3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends.
5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end
option is indicated in valve schedules below.
6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
3.4 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller:
1. Bronze Valves: Threaded ends.
2. Bronze ball valves, two-piece with full port and stainless-steel trim.
END OF SECTION 22 05 23.12
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 1
SECTION 22 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Metal pipe hangers and supports.
2. Fastener systems.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Provide product data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 40 00
"Quality Requirements," to design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports.
B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall
withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated
according to ASCE/SEI 7.
1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting
combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized, hot-dip galvanized, or electro-galvanized.
3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated or epoxy powder coated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 2
4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to
support bearing surface of piping.
5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.
B. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated
components.
2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel.
2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS
A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly, made from
structural-carbon-steel shapes, with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and
U-bolts.
2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS
A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and
building materials where used.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Hilti, Inc.
b. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
c. MKT Fastening, LLC.
d. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.
B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type anchors, for use in hardened portland
cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads
and building materials where used.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Eaton (B-line).
b. Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
c. Hilti, Inc.
d. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
e. MKT Fastening, LLC.
2. Indoor Applications: Zinc-coated or stainless steel.
3. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel.
2.5 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 3
B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.
C. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
galvanized.
D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M.
E. Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink
and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping
materials and installation, for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies.
B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components, so strength
will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum
static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus
200 lb.
3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and
attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.
B. Fastener System Installation:
1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less
than 4 inches thick in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use
operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners
according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.
2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete, after concrete is placed and
completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers, and other accessories.
D. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.
E. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping
systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
F. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 4
G. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional
attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and
larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed;
fasten inserts to forms, and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports, so that piping live and dead loads and stresses
from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
J. Insulated Piping:
1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating Above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through
insulation.
b. Piping Operating Below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal hanger-shield
insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services
piping.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
a. Option: Thermal hanger-shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-
distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields
shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a. Option: Thermal hanger-shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-
distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick.
e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick.
5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate-insulation inserts of
length at least as long as protective shield.
6. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install with insulation of same thickness as piping insulation.
3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support
equipment above floor.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 5
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment, and make bearing surface smooth.
C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for pipe hangers.
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be
shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding;
appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the
following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections, so no roughness shows after finishing and so
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches.
3.6 PAINTING
A. Touchup: Clean abraded shop-painted areas. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting
hangers and supports. Use same materials as those used for shop painting. Comply with
SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of bolted connections, and abraded, shop-painted
areas on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting."
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing-
repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE
A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and
equipment.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 6
B. Comply with MSS SP-58 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Sections.
C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will
not have field-applied finishes.
D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in
direct contact with copper tubing.
E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and attachments for general service applications.
F. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper attachments for copper piping and tubing.
G. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
H. Use thermal hanger-shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.
I. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or
insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F pipes NPS 4
to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation.
3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes
NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation.
4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to
NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required.
5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off-
center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of
noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8.
7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated,
stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary
pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
9. Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated,
stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of
noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8.
11. Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of
noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3.
12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or
contraction.
14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel-
pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate.
15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with
steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and
with U-bolt to retain pipe.
16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel-pipe base stanchion
support and cast-iron floor flange.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 7
17. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two
rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs.
18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to
NPS 24, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction
occurs.
19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 if
longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs but vertical
adjustment is unnecessary.
20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 if small
horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs and vertical
adjustment is unnecessary.
21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to
NPS 30 if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation, in addition to expansion and
contraction, is required.
J. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment of up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11 split pipe rings.
4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of
building attachments.
5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
K. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel or Malleable-Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend
pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist
construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape.
3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams,
channels, or angles.
4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.
5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are
considerable and rod sizes are large.
6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to
flange edge.
8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams.
9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I-
beams for heavy loads.
10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I-
beams for heavy loads, with link extensions.
11. Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to
structural steel.
12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by
using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 29- 8
13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.
15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear
horizontal movement where headroom is limited.
L. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with
insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to
prevent crushing insulation.
3. Thermal Hanger-Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.
M. Comply with MSS SP-58 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
N. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
O. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building
attachments where required in concrete construction.
P. Use pipe-positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and
waste piping for plumbing fixtures.
END OF SECTION 22 05 29
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53- 1
SECTION 22 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment labels.
2. Warning signs and labels.
3. Pipe labels.
4. Stencils.
5. Valve tags.
6. Warning tags.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification
material and device.
C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed
content for each label.
D. Valve numbering scheme.
E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS
A. Metal Labels for Equipment:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53- 2
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Brimar Industries, Inc.
c. Champion America.
d. Craftmark Pipe Markers.
e. Marking Services, Inc.
f. Seton Identification Products.
2. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or
stamped holes for attachment hardware.
3. Letter Color: White.
4. Background Color: Black.
5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches,
1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for
greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the
size of principal lettering.
7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B. Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Brimar Industries, Inc.
c. Champion America.
d. Craftmark Pipe Markers.
e. Seton Identification Products.
2. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
3. Letter Color: White.
4. Background Color: Black.
5. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
6. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
7. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches,
1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for
greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the
size of principal lettering.
8. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
9. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing
numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification
Section number and title where equipment is specified.
D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond
paper. Tabulate equipment identification number, and identify Drawing numbers where
equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53- 3
and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and
maintenance data.
2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Brady Corporation.
2. Brimar Industries, Inc.
3. Champion America.
4. Craftmark Pipe Markers.
5. Marking Sevices Inc.
6. Stranco, Inc.
B. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch
thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
C. Letter Color: Red.
D. Background Color: Yellow.
E. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
F. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by
3/4 inch.
G. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater
viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal
lettering.
H. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
I. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
J. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions.
2.3 PIPE LABELS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Brady Corporation.
2. Brimar Industries, Inc.
3. Champion America.
4. Craftmark Pipe Markers.
5. Marking Sevices Inc.
6. Seton Identification Products.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53- 4
B. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing flow direction.
C. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe
and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.
D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.
E. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include pipe size and an arrow indicating flow
direction.
1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping-system service lettering to accommodate both
directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping.
2.4 VALVE TAGS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Brady Corporation.
2. Brimar Industries, Inc.
3. Champion America.
4. Craftmark Pipe Markers.
5. Marking Sevices Inc.
6. Seton Identification Products.
B. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-
inch numbers.
1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped
holes for attachment hardware.
2. Fasteners: Brass beaded chain or S-hook.
C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve
number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or
space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification.
Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.
1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
2.5 WARNING TAGS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Brady Corporation.
2. Brimar Industries, Inc.
3. Champion America.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53- 5
4. Craftmark Pipe Markers.
5. Marking Sevices Inc.
6. Seton Identification Products.
B. Description: Preprinted or partially preprinted accident-prevention tags of plasticized card stock
with matte finish suitable for writing.
1. Size: Approximately 4 by 7 inches.
2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.
3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT
OPERATE."
4. Color: Safety yellow background with black lettering.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification
devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants.
3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
3.3 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
3.4 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Piping Color Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."
B. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings
in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels,
and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units.
Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53- 6
3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in
areas of congested piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
C. Directional Flow Arrows: Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow in pipes, including
pipes where flow is allowed in both directions.
D. Pipe Label Color Schedule:
1. Low-Pressure Compressed Air Piping:
a. Background: Safety blue.
b. Letter Colors: White.
2. High-Pressure Compressed Air Piping:
a. Background: Safety blue.
b. Letter Colors: White.
3. Domestic Water Piping
a. Background: Safety green.
b. Letter Colors: White.
4. Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping:
a. Background Color: Safety white.
b. Letter Color: Black.
3.5 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within
factory-fabricated equipment units, shutoff valves, faucets, convenience and lawn-watering
hose connections, and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged
valves in a valve schedule.
B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and
with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:
1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
c. Low-Pressure Compressed Air: 1-1/2 inches, round.
d. High-Pressure Compressed Air: 1-1/2 inches, round.
2. Valve-Tag Colors:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53- 7
a. Cold Water: Natural.
b. Hot Wat er: Natural.
c. Low-Pressure Compressed Air: Natural.
d. High-Pressure Compressed Air: Natural.
3. Letter Colors:
a. Cold Water: White.
b. Hot Water: White.
c. Low-Pressure Compressed Air: White.
d. High-Pressure Compressed Air: White.
3.6 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION
A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where
required.
END OF SECTION 22 05 53
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 1
SECTION 22 07 19
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services:
1. Domestic cold-water piping.
2. Domestic hot-water piping.
3. Sanitary waste piping exposed to freezing conditions.
4. Supplies and drains for handicap-accessible lavatories and sinks.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied, if any).
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and
cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 150 or less.
C. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components:
1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 2
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before
preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation
of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
1.7 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation
Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground
Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply
with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 3
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.
b. Armacell LLC.
c. K-Flex USA.
G. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.
b. Knauf Insulation.
c. Manson Insulation Inc.
d. Owens Corning.
2. Type I, 850 Deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied
jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS
A. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.
B. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.
2.3 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.
b. Armacell LLC.
c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
d. K-Flex USA.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 4
C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries.
c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.
D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for
bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries.
c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.
E. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Dow Corning Corporation.
b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.
c. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.
d. Speedline Corporation.
2.4 MASTICS
A. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
c. Knauf Insulation.
d. Vimasco Corporation.
2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric
perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below-ambient services.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 5
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries.
c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm (0.033 metric perm) at 30-mil (0.8-
mm) dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F.
4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries.
c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
d. Knauf Insulation.
e. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.
f. Vimasco Corporation.
2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms (1.2 metric perms) at 0.0625-inch
(1.6-mm) dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES
A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A, and shall be compatible with
insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
c. Vimasco Corporation.
2. Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire-
resistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation.
3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F.
4. Color: White.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 6
2.6 SEALANTS
A. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
5. Color: White.
2.7 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2.8 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH
A. Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10
strands/sq. in. for covering pipe and pipe fittings.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10
strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for pipe.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.
b. Vimasco Corporation.
2.9 FIELD-APPLIED CLOTHS
A. Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a
minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd..
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 7
a. Alpha Associates, Inc.
2.10 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming.
Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.
b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.
c. Proto Corporation.
d. Speedline Corporation.
2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
3. Color: White.
4. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.
a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges,
unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap
and supply covers for lavatories.
2.11 TAPES
A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division.
b. Compac Corporation.
c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company.
d. Knauf Insulation.
e. Venture Tape.
2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
3. Thickness: 11.5 mils.
4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
5. Elongation: 2 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 8
2.12 SECUREMENTS
A. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-wide, stainless steel or Monel.
2.13 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS
A. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Truebro.
b. Zurn Industries, LLC.
2. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-
water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements
for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 9
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket.
Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip,
spaced 4 inches o.c.
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal
seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps
with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c.
a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and
at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 10
N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1. Vibration-control devices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Nameplates and data plates.
4. Cleanouts.
3.4 PENETRATIONS
A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof
penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install
insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with
joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of
roof flashing.
4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with
sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
through wall penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install
insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with
joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least
2 inches.
4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping
and fire-resistive joint sealers.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 11
F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in
Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping."
3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.
2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same
material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve
stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with
insulating cement.
5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating
cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for
above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the
mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric
and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and
unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation
facing using PVC tape.
9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match
size and color of pipe labels.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 12
C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps,
test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape
insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating
cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the
following:
1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same
thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe
insulation.
2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation
from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-
steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except
divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of
mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached
insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe
insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in
two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish.
5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed
surfaces with a metal jacket.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate
openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness
as pipe insulation.
4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when
available.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 13
2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow
valve operation without disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to
surface being insulated.
3.7 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at
least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections
of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation
materials with wire or bands.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to
valve body.
3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 14
3.8 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A. Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied jackets.
1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints.
2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch-thick coats of lagging adhesive.
3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam and joint edge.
3.9 FINISHES
A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint
system identified below and as specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and
Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material
and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection
of the completed Work.
3.10 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for
each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,
selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
2. Underground piping.
3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
3.11 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Domestic Cold Water:
1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 07 19- 15
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
2. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water:
3. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
B. Floor Drains, Traps, and Sanitary Drain Piping within 10 Feet of Drain Receiving Condensate
and Equipment Drain Water below 60 D:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
3.12 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-
applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
C. Piping, Concealed:
1. None.
2. PVC: 20 mils thick.
D. Piping, Exposed:
1. None.
2. PVC: 20 mils thick.
END OF SECTION 22 07 19
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 1
SECTION 22 11 16
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Copper tube and fittings.
2. Piping joining materials.
3. Transition fittings.
4. Dielectric fittings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 22 11 13 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water-service piping outside the
building from source to the point where water-service piping enters the building.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. System purging and disinfecting activities report.
B. Field quality-control reports.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed
interruption of water service.
2. Do not interrupt water service without Construction Manager's and Owner's written
permission.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting
materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
B. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14 and NSF 61 Annex G. Plastic
piping components shall be marked with "NSF-pw."
C. Comply with NSF 372 for low lead.
2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper.
B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, annealed temper.
C. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
D. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
E. Copper Unions:
1. MSS SP-123.
2. Cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body.
3. Ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces.
4. Solder-joint or threaded ends.
F. Appurtenances for Grooved-End Copper Tubing:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Anvil International.
b. Grinnell Mechanical Products.
c. Shurjoint Piping Products USA Inc.
d. Victaulic Company.
2. Bronze Fittings for Grooved-End, Copper Tubing: ASTM B 75/B 75M copper tube or
ASTM B 584 bronze castings.
3. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved-End Copper Tubing:
a. Copper-tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606.
b. Ferrous housing sections.
c. EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water.
d. Bolts and nuts.
e. Minimum Pressure Rating: 300 psig.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 3
2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials:
1. AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and
asbestos free unless otherwise indicated.
2. Full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.
C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.
D. Flux: ASTM B 813, water flushable.
E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8M/A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-
duty brazing unless otherwise indicated.
2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS
A. General Requirements:
1. Same size as pipes to be joined.
2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined.
3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined.
B. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system
fitting.
2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating
nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.
B. Dielectric Unions:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co.
b. Capitol Manufacturing Company.
c. HART Industrial Unions, LLC.
d. Jomar Valve.
e. Matco-Norca.
f. Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
g. Wilkins.
2. Standard: ASSE 1079.
3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C).
4. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 4
C. Dielectric Flanges:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Capitol Manufacturing Company.
b. Matco-Norca.
c. Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
d. Wilkins.
2. Standard: ASSE 1079.
3. Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly.
4. Pressure Rating: 175 psig.
5. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint
copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
D. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Calpico, Inc.
c. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges.
3. Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
4. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic.
5. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene.
6. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.
E. Dielectric Nipples:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Elster Perfection Corporation.
b. Grinnell Mechanical Products.
c. Matco-Norca.
d. Precision Plumbing Products.
e. Victaulic Company.
2. Standard: IAPMO PS 66.
3. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545.
4. Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig at 225 deg F (107 deg C).
5. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
6. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Comply with requirements in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and
backfilling.
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated
unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.
B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
C. Install ductile-iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600
and AWWA M41.
D. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve
inside the building at each domestic water-service entrance. Comply with requirements for
pressure gages in Section 22 05 19 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" and with
requirements for drain valves and strainers in Section 22 11 19 "Domestic Water Piping
Specialties."
E. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting.
F. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with
requirements for pressure-reducing valves in Section 22 11 19 "Domestic Water Piping
Specialties."
G. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb.
H. Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility company's
requirements.
I. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants
unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.
J. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
K. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and
coordinate with other services occupying that space.
L. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
M. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher
than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 6
N. Install piping free of sags and bends.
O. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
P. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and
specialty.
Q. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before
assembly.
C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.
D. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints"
chapter.
E. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join
copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and
thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to
ASME B31.9.
G. Joints for Dissimilar-Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of
both piping systems.
3.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION
A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping.
B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping:
1. Fittings for NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting-type coupling.
2. Fittings for NPS 2 and Larger: Sleeve-type coupling.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 7
3.5 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION
A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.
B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings, nipples and unions.
C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges,.
D. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits.
3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger, support products, and installation in
Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.
2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
c. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls.
Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch.
D. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters:
1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
7. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
E. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.
F. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod
diameters:
1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
5. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 8
6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
8. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod.
G. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet.
H. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's
written instructions.
3.7 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and
maintenance.
3.8 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and
installation in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Piping Inspections:
a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and
approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
b. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities
having jurisdiction:
1) Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing
or closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures.
2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests
specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance
with requirements.
c. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or
inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Piping Tests:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 9
a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air
bound and that piping is full of water.
b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a
separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
c. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and
unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered
or concealed before it was tested.
d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating
pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test
source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure
constitute defects that must be repaired.
e. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof
until satisfactory results are obtained.
f. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.
B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.10 ADJUSTING
A. Perform the following adjustments before operation:
1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
3. Open throttling valves to proper setting.
4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.
a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to
provide hot-water flow in each branch.
b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.
5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during
installation.
6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for
application where used and are clean and ready for use.
8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:
1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or
repaired before using.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if
methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or
AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 10
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at
outlets.
b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:
1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm
of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm
of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.
c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from
system after the standing time.
d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows:
1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or
repaired before using.
2. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are
not prescribed, follow procedures described below:
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at
outlets.
b. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water-
sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used
in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated.
C. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following:
1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and soldered
joints.
3.13 VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the
following requirements apply:
1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly, ball, or
gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Domestic Water Piping
22 11 16- 11
2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or
ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3. Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves.
4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.
B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment.
END OF SECTION 22 11 16
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 1
SECTION 22 13 16
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. PVC pipe and fittings.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed
interruption of sanitary waste service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of sanitary waste service without Construction
Manager's and Owner's written permission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working
pressure unless otherwise indicated:
1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 2
2.2 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting
materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
2.3 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic
piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping
and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.
B. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent.
C. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns
and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.
D. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656.
E. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564.
2.4 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS
A. Transition Couplings:
1. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping
system fitting.
2. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co.
2) Froet Industries LLC.
3) Mission Rubber Company, LLC; a division of MCP Industries.
b. Standard: ASTM C 1173.
c. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear
ring and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each
end.
d. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined.
e. Sleeve Materials:
1) For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber.
2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.
3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with
pipe materials being joined.
3. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 3
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
2) Mission Rubber Company, LLC; a division of MCP Industries.
b. Standard: ASTM C 1460.
c. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer
shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on
each end.
d. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined.
4. Pressure Transition Couplings:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
2) Dresser, Inc.
3) EBAA Iron, Inc.
4) Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The).
5) Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
6) JCM Industries, Inc.
7) Romac Industries, Inc.
8) Viking Johnson.
b. Standard: AWWA C219.
c. Description: Metal, sleeve-type same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to,
and ends compatible with, pipes to be joined.
d. Center-Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard.
e. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber.
f. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.
B. Dielectric Fittings:
1. Dielectric Unions:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co.
2) Capitol Manufacturing Company.
3) HART Industrial Unions, LLC.
4) Jomar Valve.
5) Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
6) Wilkins.
7) Zurn Industries, LLC.
b. Description:
1) Standard: ASSE 1079.
2) Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 4
3) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
2. Dielectric Flanges:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Capitol Manufacturing Company.
2) Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
3) Wilkins.
4) Zurn Industries, LLC.
b. Description:
1) Standard: ASSE 1079.
2) Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly.
3) Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C).
4) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded
solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
3. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
2) Calpico, Inc.
3) Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
b. Description:
1) Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges.
2) Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
3) Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic.
4) Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene.
5) Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.
4. Dielectric Nipples:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Grinnell Mechanical Products.
2) Josam Company.
3) Precision Plumbing Products.
4) Victaulic Company.
b. Description:
1) Standard: IAPMO PS 66.
2) Electroplated steel nipple.
3) Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F (107 deg C).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 5
4) End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
5) Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems.
1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss,
expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations.
2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination
drawings.
B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
E. Install piping at indicated slopes.
F. Install piping free of sags and bends.
G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
H. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
I. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate
branches, bends, and long-sweep bends.
1. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in
direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical.
2. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to
back or side by side with common drain pipe.
a. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines.
3. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees.
4. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are
connected.
a. Reducing size of waste piping in direction of flow is prohibited.
J. Install soil and waste and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise
indicated:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 6
1. Building Sanitary Waste: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 2 and
smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and larger.
2. Horizontal Sanitary Waste Piping: 1 percent downward in direction of flow.
3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.
K. Plumbing Specialties:
1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building
sanitary sewers in sanitary waste gravity-flow piping.
a. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage
force-main piping.
b. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 22 13 19 "Sanitary
Waste Piping Specialties."
2. Install drains in sanitary waste gravity-flow piping.
a. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 22 13 19 "Sanitary Waste
Piping Specialties."
L. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
M. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
1. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve
Seals for Plumbing Piping."
N. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs.
1. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and
Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
O. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
1. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons
for Plumbing Piping."
3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe
and fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent
cements.
2. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 appendixes.
3.3 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION
A. Transition Couplings:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 7
1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in ODs.
2. In Waste Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
B. Dielectric Fittings:
1. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.
2. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions.
3. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges.
4. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits.
3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in
Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments.
2. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments.
3. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
4. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
5. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls.
Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
6. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting, valve, and coupling.
C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods.
D. Install hangers for PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters,
to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities
having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join
dissimilar piping materials.
C. Connect waste and vent piping to the following:
1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect waste piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required
by plumbing code.
2. Plumbing Specialties: Connect waste and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller
than required by plumbing code.
3. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover
flush with floor.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 8
D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of
equipment.
3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping.
B. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must
be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in
after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe
tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection,
make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Test sanitary waste and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or,
in absence of published procedures, as follows:
1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired.
a. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete
with diagram of portion of piping tested.
2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced waste and vent
piping until it has been tested and approved.
a. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.
3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test waste and vent piping except outside
leaders on completion of roughing-in.
a. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less
than 10-foot head of water.
b. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level
must not drop.
c. Inspect joints for leaks.
4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled
with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 13 16- 9
a. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building.
Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg.
b. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this
pressure.
c. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout
period of inspection.
d. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until
satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B. Protect sanitary waste and vent piping during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging
with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
D. Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by waste and vent piping installation.
3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:
1. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
B. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:
1. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
END OF SECTION 22 13 16
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties
22 13 19- 1
SECTION 22 13 19
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cleanouts.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Show fabrication and installation details for frost-resistant vent terminals.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sanitary waste piping specialties to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTIONS
A. Sanitary waste piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing
agency.
B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary waste piping specialty components.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing, and marked for intended location and application.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties
22 13 19- 2
2.2 CLEANOUTS
A. Cast-Iron Exposed Floor Cleanouts:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
b. Josam Company.
c. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary of McWane Inc.
d. Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
e. Zurn Industries, LLC.
2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for adjustable housing cleanout.
3. Size: Same as connected branch.
4. Type: Cast-iron soil pipe with cast-iron ferrule.
5. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron.
6. Clamping Device: Not required.
7. Outlet Connection: Inside calk.
8. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket.
9. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads.
10. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Polished bronze.
11. Frame and Cover Shape: Round.
12. Top Loading Classification: Extra Heavy Medium Duty.
13. Riser: ASTM A 74, Extra-Heavy class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to
cleanout.
B. Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
b. Josam Company.
c. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary of McWane Inc.
d. Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
e. Zurn Industries, LLC.
2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access.
3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
4. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping.
5. Closure Plug:
a. Brass.
b. Countersunk head.
c. Drilled and threaded for cover attachment screw.
d. Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
6. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw.
7. Wall Access: Round, wall-installation frame and cover.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties
22 13 19- 3
2.3 MOTORS
A. General requirements for motors are specified in Section 22 05 13 "Common Motor
Requirements for Plumbing Equipment."
1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, motor shall be large enough, so
driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following,
unless otherwise indicated:
1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless
larger cleanout is indicated.
2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.
3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for
larger piping.
4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.
B. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with
finished floor.
C. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types
indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall.
D. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof.
Comply with requirements in Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
E. Install flashing fittings on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. Comply
with requirements in Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
F. Install sleeve and sleeve seals with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof
membrane.
G. Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting-type specialties.
H. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is
indicated.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Comply with requirements in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping
installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and
specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties
22 13 19- 4
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and
to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.
B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.
END OF SECTION 22 13 19
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Drains
22 13 19.13- 1
SECTION 22 13 19.13
SANITARY DRAINS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Floor drains.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.
B. HDPE: High-density polyethylene.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DRAIN ASSEMBLIES
A. Sanitary drains shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary piping specialty components.
2.2 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Cast-Iron Floor Drains:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Drains
22 13 19.13- 2
b. Josam Company.
c. MIFAB, Inc.
d. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary of McWane Inc.
e. Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
f. Zurn Industries, LLC.
2. Standard: ASME A112.6.3.
3. Pattern: Floor drain.
4. Body Material: Gray iron.
5. Seepage Flange: Required.
6. Anchor Flange: Required.
7. Clamping Device: Required.
8. Outlet: Bottom.
9. Backwater Valve: Not required.
10. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Not required.
11. Sediment Bucket: Not required.
12. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze.
13. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze.
14. Top Shape: Round.
15. Dimensions of Top or Strainer: See schedule on drawings.
16. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty.
17. Funnel: Recessed grate.
18. Inlet Fitting: Not required.
19. Trap Material: PVC.
20. Trap Pattern: Deep-seal P-trap.
21. Trap Features: Cleanout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with
finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.
2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage.
3. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii:
a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-
inch total depression.
b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope.
c. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-
inch total depression.
4. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange, so no leakage occurs between drain and
adjoining flooring.
a. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sanitary Drains
22 13 19.13- 3
5. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Install open drain fittings with top of hub 2 inches above floor.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Comply with requirements in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping
installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and
specialties.
3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety
and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to
identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and
to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.
B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.
END OF SECTION 22 13 19.13
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Commercial Sinks
22 42 16.16- 1
SECTION 22 42 16.16
COMMERCIAL SINKS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sinks.
2. Sink faucets.
3. Supply fittings.
4. Waste fittings.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles and finishes for sinks.
2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics and furnished specialties and
accessories.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Counter cutout templates for mounting of counter-mounted lavatories.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For sinks to include in maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SINKS
A. Sinks: Stainless steel, counter mounted S-1.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Commercial Sinks
22 42 16.16- 2
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Kohler Manufacturing.
2. Fixture:
a. Standard: ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4.
b. Type: Ledge back.
c. Number of Compartments: One.
d. Overall Dimensions: See schedule on drawings.
e. Metal Thickness: See schedule on drawings.
f. Compartment:
1) Dimensions: See schedule on drawings.
2) Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/2 tailpiece and twist drain.
3) Drain Location: Near back of compartment.
3. Faucet(s): S-1.
a. Number Required: One.
b. Mounting: On Deck.
4. Supply Fittings:
a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
b. Supplies: Chrome-plated brass compression stop with inlet connection matching
water-supply piping type and size.
1) Operation: Loose key.
2) Risers: NPS 1/2, chrome-plated, soft-copper flexible tube.
5. Waste Fittings:
a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2.
b. Trap(s):
1) Size: NPS 1-1/2.
2) Material: Chrome-plated, two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with
0.032-inch-thick brass tube to wall; and chrome-plated brass or steel wall
flange.
3) Material: Stainless-steel, two-piece trap and swivel elbow with 0.012-inch-
thick stainless-steel tube to wall; and stainless-steel wall flange.
6. Mounting: Under counter with sealant.
2.2 SINK FAUCETS
A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for faucet-spout materials that will be in contact with
potable water.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Commercial Sinks
22 42 16.16- 3
B. Sink Faucets S-1 : Manual type, single-control mixing valve.
1. Commercial, Solid-Brass Faucets.
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
1) Kohler Co.
2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
3. General: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and
fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor.
4. Body Type: Single hole.
5. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass.
6. Finish: Polished chrome plate.
7. Maximum Flow Rate: 1.5 gpm.
8. Handle(s): Lever.
9. Mounting Type: Deck, exposed.
10. Spout Type: Swivel gooseneck with pull out spray.
11. Vacuum Breaker: Not required for hose outlet.
12. Spout Outlet: Pull out Aerator/Spray.
2.3 SUPPLY FITTINGS
A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for supply-fitting materials that will be in contact with
potable water.
B. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
C. Supply Piping: Chrome-plated brass pipe or chrome-plated copper tube matching water-supply
piping size. Include chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel wall flange.
D. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated brass, one-quarter-turn, ball-type or compression valve with inlet
connection matching supply piping.
E. Operation: Loose key.
F. Risers:
1. NPS 3/8.
2. Chrome-plated, soft-copper flexible tube.
2.4 WASTE FITTINGS
A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2.
B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/2 offset and straight tailpiece.
C. Trap:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Commercial Sinks
22 42 16.16- 4
1. Size: NPS 1-1/2.
2. Material: Chrome-plated, two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 0.032-inch-
thick brass tube to wall; and chrome-plated brass or steel wall flange.
3. Material: Stainless-steel, two-piece trap and swivel elbow with 0.012-inch-thick stainless-
steel tube to wall; and stainless-steel wall flange.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify
actual locations of piping connections before sink installation.
B. Examine walls, floors, and counters for suitable conditions where sinks will be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install sinks level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
B. Install accessible wall-mounted sinks at handicapped/elderly mounting height according to
ICC/ANSI A117.1.
C. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each sink faucet.
1. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.
D. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations.
Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with
escutcheon requirements specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
E. Seal joints between sinks and counters using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant silicone
sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in
Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants."
F. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of
accessible sinks. Comply with requirements in Section 22 07 19 "Plumbing Piping Insulation."
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect sinks with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent
piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.
B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping."
C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste
and Vent Piping."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Commercial Sinks
22 42 16.16- 5
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Operate and adjust sinks and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning sinks, fittings, and
controls.
B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. After completing installation of sinks, inspect and repair damaged finishes.
B. Clean sinks, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods
and materials.
C. Provide protective covering for installed sinks and fittings.
D. Do not allow use of sinks for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION 22 42 16.16
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 1
SECTION 23 00 10
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general administration and procedural requirements for the mechanical
installations which expand the requirements of Division 1:
1. Owner Occupancy.
2. Coordination.
3. Submittals.
4. Electronic CAD file Policy.
5. Temporary Facilities.
6. Project Record Drawings.
7. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
8. Training.
9. Demolition.
10. Existing Conditions.
11. Clean-up.
12. Cutting and Patching.
13. Interruption of Utilities.
14. Damage.
15. Earthwork.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Sections for General and Supplementary Conditions that also apply to this
section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to
support sides of the pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
1.4 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building during entire construction
period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate
Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install
equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion, provided such
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 2
occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and
partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of
the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner
occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On
occupancy, Owner will provide, operate, and maintain mechanical and electrical systems
serving occupied portions of building.
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service
for occupied portions of building.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other
contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections,
that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum
accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
C. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals received and not in accordance with the following are subject to rejection without
review until information is provided. Contractor shall be responsible for resubmitting information
to allow ample time for Engineer’s review and avoid any project delays.
B. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Engineer and
Construction Manager.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 3
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier, and a contact person.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Unique identifier, including revision number.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Other necessary identification.
C. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form, with specification section number for each
clearly indicated. Architect and Construction Manager will return submittals, without review,
received from sources other than Contractor.
1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant
information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect and
Construction Manager on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the
Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label
information as the related submittal.
2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
D. Substitution Requests: Submit each request for consideration in writing (facsimiles' accepted)
at least 7 days prior to bidding. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be
replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,
as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate
contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of
the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.
h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's
letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.
j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 4
l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce
indicated results.
2. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation. Acceptance of substitutions will be included on
addendums. Items not included on addendums prior to bid will not be accepted.
a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.
b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
E. Timing: Engineer will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after
commencement of the work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected
at discretion of Engineer.
1.7 ELECTRONIC CAD FILE POLICY
A. Electronic drawings for the project are property of Applied Engineering Services. Copies may
be requested using the request form at the end of this section.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
8. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
9. Protect stored products from damage.
B. Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and
equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Contractor’s form in which the contractor agrees to repair or replace
components of equipment and systems that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 0ne (1) year from date of Substantial Completion, unless indicated
otherwise in the General Conditions.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures.
Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and
maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar
disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste
containers for disposal of used material.
2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Provide
separate facilities for male and female personnel.
B. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities
for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that
will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of
building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas
where finished Work has been installed.
C. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a
harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation
requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.
3.2 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and
Shop Drawings.
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies
from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the
marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 6
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing
actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked,
show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted
from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record Transparencies: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial
Completion, review marked-up Record Prints with Architect and Construction Manager. When
authorized, prepare a full set of corrected transparencies of the Contract Drawings and Shop
Drawings.
1. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints.
Erase, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
2. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect through Construction Manager for resolution.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of transparencies of the Contract Drawings for use
in recording information.
4. Print the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for use as Record Transparencies.
Architect will make the Contract Drawings available to Contractor's print shop.
C. Record CAD Drawings: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion,
review marked-up Record Prints with Architect and Construction Manager. When authorized,
prepare a full set of corrected CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: Same CAD program, version, and operating system as the original Contract
Drawings.
2. Format: DWG, operating in Windows 2000 operating system.
3. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints.
Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
4. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect through Construction Manager for resolution.
5. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings for
use in recording information.
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of CAD
Drawings as they relate to the Contract Drawings.
D. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record
Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop
Drawings are suitable to show actual installation.
1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting
an alternate, substitution, or other modification.
2. Consult with Architect and Construction Manager for proper scale and scope of detailing
and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other
construction. Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets;
comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting.
E. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 7
1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification
on cover sheets.
2. Record Transparencies: Organize into unbound sets matching Record Prints. Place
transparencies in durable tube-type drawing containers with end caps. Mark end cap of
each container with identification. If container does not include a complete set, identify
Drawings included.
3. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that
correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet
identification. Include identification in each CAD file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
e. Name of Contractor.
3.3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for
each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a
system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to
the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project
Manual.
1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to
accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each
volume of the set.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,
equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on
spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded
oversize sheets.
a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize
data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-
reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper
operation or maintenance of equipment or system.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 8
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents.
Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each
tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of
equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification
Section number and title of Project Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic
software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch, 20-lb/sq. ft. white bond paper.
5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in
manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations.
3.4 TRAINING
A. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include
a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each
module, include instruction for the following:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria.
2. Documentation.
3. Emergencies.
4. Operations.
5. Adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting.
7. Maintenance.
8. Repairs.
3.5 DEMOLITION
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise
indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property
and shall be removed from Project site.
B. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete
selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting
members on the next lower level.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to
remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 9
hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable
fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and
promptly dispose of off-site.
7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid
free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
10. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing
before selective demolition operations began.
C. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and protecting
elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during
selective demolition operations.
D. Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
E. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Comply with the following:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint
equipment to match new equipment.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
3.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and
verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction
affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.
B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the
existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical
services.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities
serving Project site.
C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 10
1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of
the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
a. Description of the Work.
b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
d. Recommended corrections.
2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing
finishes or primers.
3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are
to be installed.
5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
D. Contractor shall become familiar with the project and the existing conditions prior to the bid
date.
3.7 CLEAN-UP
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 85 deg.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed
surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other
finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 11
H. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
I. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through
the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.
3.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of
other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifications.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of
patching and refinishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 12
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint
coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface
containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent
surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -
plane surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition.
3.9 INTERRUPTION OF UTILITIES
A. Interruption of Existing Utilities Services: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed
interruption of service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Construction Manager's and Owner's
written permission.
3.10 DAMAGE
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
C. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and
finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up
with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
D. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
E. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired
without visible evidence of repair.
F. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
that cannot be repaired.
G. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
3.11 EARTHWORK
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below
frost line.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or
conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe
or conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 13
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of
pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels
of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp
objects along trench subgrade.
1. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter and flat-bottomed, multiple-
duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an
undisturbed subgrade.
2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to
support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand
backfill.
3. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding
bearing material to allow for bedding course.
D. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to allow for
bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.
1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding
bearing material to allow for bedding course.
E. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
F. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding
course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings,
and bodies of conduits.
G. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with
satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in
Division 3 Sections.
H. Provide 4-inch-thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches below
surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a
minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase.
I. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material or satisfactory soil, free of particles larger
than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.
1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both
sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement
of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
J. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place initial backfill of controlled low-strength material to a
height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.
K. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while installing and removing shoring and bracing.
L. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
M. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place final backfill of controlled low-strength material to final
subgrade elevation.
N. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches
below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 14
3.12 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
3.13 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting performance of work.
1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by installer, listing conditions detrimental
to performance of work.
2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing
finishes or primers.
3. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
surfaces are dry.
4. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before
equipment and fixture installation.
C. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and plenums for suitable conditions where systems will be
installed.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.14 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.15 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.
B. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within twelve (12) months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions.
Provide up to two (2) visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Requirements
23 00 10- 15
3.16 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain systems. Refer to Division 1 Sections for Closeout Procedures
and Demonstrate.
END OF SECTION 23 001
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 1
SECTION 23 00 50
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
2. Transition fittings.
3. Dielectric fittings.
4. Mechanical sleeve seals.
5. Sleeves.
6. Escutcheons.
7. Grout.
8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
9. Painting and finishing.
10. Concrete bases.
11. Supports and anchorages.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied
spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by
building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.
E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions
and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.
Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
3. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
4. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 2
G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Dielectric fittings.
2. Mechanical sleeve seals.
B. Welding certificates.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel."
B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes
involved and that certification is current.
C. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical
characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and
connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If
minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of
construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access
that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in
Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 3
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary
utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner and Engineer at least two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
Identify extent and duration of utility interruptions.
2. Indicate method of providing temporary utilities.
3. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining
methods.
B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
2.3 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.
B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system
contents.
1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless
thickness or specific material is indicated.
a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.
2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or
ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping
system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B 813.
F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty
brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping,
unless otherwise indicated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 4
G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall
thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:
1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235.
2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138.
I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer.
2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS
A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with
ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div.
c. Ford Meter Box Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe Products Div.
d. JCM Industries.
e. Smith-Blair, Inc.
f. Viking Johnson.
2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling.
3. Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling.
4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting.
B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's
Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-
cement-joint end.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Eslon Thermoplastics.
b. Charlotte.
C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent
dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Thompson Plastics, Inc.
D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. Include
brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
1. Manufacturers:
a. NIBCO INC.
b. NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div.
E. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173
with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant metal
band on each end.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
b. Fernco, Inc.
c. Mission Rubber Company.
d. Plastic Oddities, Inc.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 5
2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-
joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure
at 180 deg F.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Capitol Manufacturing Co.
b. Central Plastics Company.
c. Eclipse, Inc.
d. Epco Sales, Inc.
e. Hart Industries, International, Inc.
f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Capitol Manufacturing Co.
b. Central Plastics Company.
c. Epco Sales, Inc.
d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-
face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic
washers, and steel backing washers.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Calpico, Inc.
c. Central Plastics Company.
d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.
F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic
lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Calpico, Inc.
b. Lochinvar Corp.
G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining;
plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Perfection Corp.
b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc.
d. Victaulic Co. of America.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 6
2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between pipe and sleeve.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Calpico, Inc.
c. Metraflex Co.
d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
3. Pressure Plates: Stainless Steel. Include two for each sealing element.
4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates
to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
2.7 SLEEVES
A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded
longitudinal joint.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends
and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include
clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.
1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.
E. Molded PE: Reusable concrete form, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with
nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.
2.8 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely
fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers
opening.
B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated
finish.
C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
D. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
E. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With spring clips and chrome-plated finish.
F. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, spring clips, and chrome-plated finish.
G. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 7
H. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.
2.9 GROUT
A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.
1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping
systems.
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction
loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated
unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal and for
ceiling mounted items.
F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G. Install piping at indicated slopes.
H. Install piping free of sags and bends.
I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:
1. New Piping:
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.
b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated
finish.
c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 8
d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-
brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass
type with polished chrome-plated finish.
f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with
rough-brass finish.
g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type.
h. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate
type.
2. Existing Piping: Use the following:
a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
b. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and spring
clips.
c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-
brass type with chrome-plated finish.
d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass
type with chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with
rough-brass finish.
f. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type.
g. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate
type.
M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.
O. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and
roof slabs.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or
other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings
below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.
2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between
sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board
partitions.
c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing.
Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to
extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 7 Section
"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.
1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.
4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe
or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.
Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
P. Install sleeves for pipes passing through smoke or fire rated gypsum-board partitions.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 9
3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between
sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board
partitions.
c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing.
Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to
extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 7 Section
"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.
1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.
4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe
or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.
Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
Q. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between
pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight
seal.
R. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal
pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular
clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight
seal.
S. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at
pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 Section
"Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials.
T. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
U. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in
requirements.
3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 10
C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube
end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-
free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube"
Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.
F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and
welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service
application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.
I. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings
according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent
cements.
2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes.
3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.
4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket
fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.
5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix.
J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
K. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212.
L. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or
paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to
pipe manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 11
1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection
to each piece of equipment.
2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final
connection to each piece of equipment.
3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of
dissimilar metals.
4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping
materials of dissimilar metals.
3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are
not indicated.
B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and
components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other
installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.
D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
3.5 PAINTING
A. Painting of mechanical systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 9.
B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and
procedures to match original factory finish.
3.6 CONCRETE BASES
A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's
written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.
1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in
both directions than supported unit.
2. Edges and corners of base are to be ¾” chamfered or radiused.
3. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install 3/8” dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.
4. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete
base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.
5. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting
drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be
embedded.
6. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
7. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
8. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in
Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A. Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
23 00 50- 12
B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
3.8 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor
mechanical materials and equipment.
B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or
will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without
splitting wood members.
C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.
3.9 GROUTING
A. Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other
equipment base plates, and anchors.
B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.
D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.
E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.
G. Place grout around anchors.
H. Cure placed grout.
END OF SECTION 23 00 50
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Demolition
23 00 60- 1
SECTION 23 00 60
HVAC DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of HVAC piping, equipment, and ductwork.
2. Abandoning in-place below-grade construction.
3. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning in-place and removing HVAC
services.
4. Salvaging items for reuse by Owner.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements.
2. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preconstruction
photographs taken before building demolition.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged.
B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent
damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Owner has the right to select and salvage HVAC equipment and devises from the project.
Contractor to carefully remove and deliver any HVAC items selected by the Owner to be
salvaged.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified refrigerant recovery technician.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Demolition
23 00 60- 2
B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit informational report, including Drawings, that indicates
the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for
dust control and for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.
1. Adjacent Floors: Detail special measures proposed to protect adjacent floors to
remain including means of egress from those buildings.
C. Schedule of Building Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of demolition work, with starting and ending dates for each activity.
2. See Architectural phased work sequence for general guideline as to the primary areas of
demolition work. HVAC work may exceed these areas to accomplish removal of piping on
floors above, below or adjacent.
3. Temporary interruption of utility services.
4. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and deliver to Owner prior
to start of demolition.
a. List of Owner salvaged items
D. Predemolition Photograph or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site
improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
demolition operations. Comply with Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation." Submit
before the Work begins.
E. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility
licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for
recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that
recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician
and date refrigerant was recovered.
G. This contractor shall coordinate with other trades during phased demolition including but not
limited to the owners abatement contractors.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification
program.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
D. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be demolished.
2. Review structural load limitations of existing structures.
3. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of demolition
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
4. Review and finalize protection requirements.
5. Review procedures for noise control and dust control.
6. Review procedures for protection of adjacent floors.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Demolition
23 00 60- 3
7. Review items to be salvaged and returned to Owner.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Buildings to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of the Work.
B. Buildings immediately adjacent to demolition area will be occupied. Conduct building demolition
so operations of occupied buildings will not be disrupted.
1. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that will affect operations of adjacent
occupied buildings.
2. Maintain access to existing walkways, elevators, exits, and other facilities used by
occupants of adjacent buildings.
a. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other facilities used by occupants of
adjacent buildings without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be
demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use.
Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present.
1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials
except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
3. Owner will provide material safety data sheets for materials that are known to be present
in buildings and structures to be demolished because of building operations or processes
performed there.
D. On-site storage or sale of removed items or materials is not permitted.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with operations of adjacent occupied floors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION
A. This Contractor is responsible to remove all HVAC equipment and material shown or noted on the
drawings and as specified herein.
B. Asbestos: When any substance is encountered that is thought to be asbestos or containing lead,
cease work in the suspected area and notify the Owner. All asbestos and lead abatement is the
responsibility of the Owner.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Demolition
23 00 60- 4
C. All equipment and material to be removed shall be removed from the premises and disposed of
properly. The Owner retains the right to retain ownership of selected items and to have them
moved to a location of his choice.
D. All hangers that will not be reused shall be removed completely to include the anchor bolts.
E. Where existing piping, equipment, ductwork, etc. are removed, it shall be this Contractor’s
responsibility to patch all openings created by the demolition work with construction similar to
existing, flush with existing surfaces and smooth as required to receive new finishes.
F. Provide protection for building occupants and furnishings against dust and damage during
demolition in all occupied areas.
G. Demolition work shall be performed in at least five phased stages. The owner will occupy floors
above and below the areas of demolition. All demolition requiring, HVAC service interruption,
power equipment, or loud impacts to structure shall be performed after owners scheduled
occupied hours.
H. All loud vibration causing work shall be performed before 8:00am or after 5:00pm or on
weekends. This includes but is not limited to: core drilling, hammer drilling, heavy demolition,
hanger anchors, etc.
I. All interruptions of a service or system of any duration must be approved by the owner in writing
prior to interruption. Provide two weeks notice prior to interruption.
J. Contractor shall include any and all costs associated with construction phasing, overtime, and/or
shift differential in this bid.
K. Contractor shall coordinate with owner’s action plan for asbestos abatement. Owner will be
responsible for abatement and disposal of all materials. Contractor shall schedule activities with
owner to allow time for abatement.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting demolition operations.
B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does
not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record
Documents.
C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs
of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. Comply
with Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation."
D. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building
demolition operations.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Demolition
23 00 60- 5
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Refrigerant: Remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and
regulations of authorities having jurisdiction before starting demolition.
B. Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving
building which are to be demolished.
1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.
C. Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:
1. Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other
building facilities during demolition operations. Maintain exits from existing buildings.
B. Existing Utilities: Maintain utility services to remain and protect from damage during demolition
operations.
1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities unless
authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
a. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to occupants of affected buildings if shutdown of
service is required during changeover.
C. Remove temporary barriers and protections where hazards no longer exist. Where open
excavations or other hazardous conditions remain, leave temporary barriers and protections in
place.
3.5 DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish indicated HVAC systems completely. Use methods required to complete
the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Maintain
portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
2. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 4 hours after flame cutting operations.
3. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
4. Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
3.6 DEMOLITION BY MECHANICAL MEANS
A. Proceed with demolition of HVAC systems systematically, from level to level. Complete building
demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting system on the next
lower level.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Demolition
23 00 60- 6
B. Remove debris from elevated portions of the building by chute, hoist, or other device that will
convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
3.7 REPAIRS
A. Promptly repair damage to buildings caused by demolition operations.
3.8 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-
approved landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. See Section 01 74 19
"Construction Waste Management and Disposal" for recycling and disposal of demolition waste.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces
and areas.
B. Do not burn demolished materials.
3.9 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition
operations began.
1. Clean roadways of debris caused by debris transport.
END OF SECTION 23 00 60
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 1
SECTION 23 05 48
VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Isolation pads.
2. Isolation mounts.
3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts.
4. Freestanding and Restrained spring isolators.
5. Housed spring mounts.
6. Elastomeric hangers.
7. Spring hangers.
8. Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops.
9. Pipe riser resilient supports.
10. Resilient pipe guides.
11. Restrained vibration isolation roof-curb rails.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. IBC: International Building Code.
B. ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Wind-Restraint Loading:
1. Basic Wind Speed: 100 MPH.
2. Building Classification Category: III.
3. Minimum 10 lb/sq. ft. multiplied by the maximum area of the HVAC component projected
on a vertical plane that is normal to the wind direction, and 45 degrees either side of
normal.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation
device.
2. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads.
B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For vibration isolation details indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the
qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and
operation, wind forces required to select vibration isolators, wind restraints, and for
designing vibration isolation bases.
a. Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment
mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Division 22 Sections for
equipment mounted outdoors.
C. Welding certificates.
D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency.
E. Air-Mounting System Performance Certification: Include natural frequency, load, and damping
test data performed by an independent agency.
F. Field quality-control test reports.
G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air-mounting systems to include in operation and
maintenance manuals.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to
conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as
defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding
Code - Steel."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 3
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Ace Mountings Co., Inc.
2. Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
3. California Dynamics Corporation.
4. Isolation Technology, Inc.
5. Kinetics Noise Control.
6. Mason Industries.
7. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc.
8. Vibration Isolation.
9. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.
C. Pads: Arranged in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad
area, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates, and factory cut to sizes
that match requirements of supported equipment.
1. Resilient Material: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene or rubber.
D. Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber, hermetically sealed
compressed fiberglass, or neoprene isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated top
plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code or
otherwise identify to indicate capacity range.
1. Materials: Cast-ductile-iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and
opposing, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded
element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation.
2. Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge-
bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO.
E. Elastomeric Hangers: Single or double-deflection type, fitted with molded, oil-resistant
elastomeric isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger
rods. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range.
F. Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert
in compression.
1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing
isolation efficiency.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced
cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.
7. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support
spring coil.
G. Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger
with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 4
1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing
isolation efficiency.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower
threaded rod.
8. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support
spring coil.
H. Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes
separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch- thick neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical-limit
stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a maximum load
on the isolation material of 500 psig and for equal resistance in all directions.
I. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes or post and sleeve
arrangement separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch- thick neoprene. Where clearances are not
readily visible, a factory-set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe
expansion and contraction shall be fitted. Shear pin shall be removable and re-incertable to
allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location
requirements.
2.2 RESTRAINED VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
2. California Dynamics Corporation.
3. Isolation Technology, Inc.
4. Kinetics Noise Control.
5. Mason Industries.
6. Thybar Corporation.
7. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc.
8. Vibration Isolation.
9. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.
C. General Requirements for Restrained Vibration Isolation Roof-Curb Rails: Factory-assembled,
fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed to resiliently support equipment.
D. Spring Isolators: Adjustable, restrained spring isolators shall be mounted on 1/4-inch-thick,
elastomeric vibration isolation pads and shall have access ports, for level adjustment, with
removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Isolators shall be located so they are
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 5
accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the
integrity of the roof.
1. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with wind
restraint.
a. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops and adjustable equipment
mounting and leveling bolt.
b. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
c. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
d. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
e. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
2. Pads: Arranged in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over
pad area, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates, and factory cut
to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment.
a. Resilient Material: Oil- and water-resistant standard neoprene and natural rubber.
E. Snubber Bushings: All-directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch thick.
F. Water Seal: Galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support
frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counter-flashed over
roof materials.
2.3 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
2. California Dynamics Corporation.
3. Isolation Technology, Inc.
4. Kinetics Noise Control.
5. Mason Industries.
6. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc.
7. Vibration Isolation.
8. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.
C. Steel Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails.
1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch
clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide
bases or rails.
a. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 6
2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
3. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
D. Inertia Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails ready for placement of
cast-in-place concrete.
1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch
clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide
bases or rails.
a. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
3. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
4. Fabrication: Fabricate steel templates to hold equipment anchor-bolt sleeves and
anchors in place during placement of concrete. Obtain anchor-bolt templates from
supported equipment manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and wind-control devices for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance.
B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before
installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 APPLICATIONS
A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application
by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
3.3 VIBRATION-CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof
curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
B. Piping Restraints:
1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 7
2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum
of 80 feet o.c.
3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet.
C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.
D. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide
resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base.
E. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide
resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall.
F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at
flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members.
G. Drilled-in Anchors:
1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for
anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling.
Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are
encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and
telecommunications conduit, and gas lines.
2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full
design strength.
3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty
sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to
which anchor is to be fastened.
4. Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to
installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole
and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air
pockets in the adhesive.
5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
6. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior
applications.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to
restrained component (unless post-connection testing has been approved), and with at
least seven days' advance notice.
3. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary
load-spreading members.
4. Test at least four (4) of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by
Architect.
5. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device.
6. Measure isolator restraint clearance.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48- 8
7. Measure isolator deflection.
8. Verify snubber minimum clearances.
9. If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until satisfactory
results are achieved.
C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight.
B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height.
After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during
normal operation.
C. Adjust air-spring leveling mechanism.
D. Adjust active height of spring isolators.
E. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain air-mounting systems. Refer to Division 01 Section
"Demonstration And Training."
3.7 HVAC VIBRATION-CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE
A. Supported or Suspended Equipment:
1. Equipment Location: Mechanical Rooms and Roof Top.
2. Pads:
a. Material: Neoprene or Rubber.
b. Thickness: 1 inch (Minimum).
c. .
3. Minimum Deflection: 1 inch.
4. Component Importance Factor: 1.0
5. Component Response Modification Factor: Per Code for Equipment isolated.
6. Component Amplification Factor: Per Code for Equipment isolated.
END OF SECTION 23 05 48
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 53- 1
SECTION 23 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment labels.
2. Warning signs and labels.
3. Pipe labels.
4. Duct labels.
5. Stencils.
6. Valve tags.
7. Warning tags.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification
material and device.
C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed
content for each label.
D. Valve numbering scheme.
E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 53- 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS
A. Metal Labels for Equipment:
1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum
thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.
2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering
for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the
size of principal lettering.
4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B. Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
1/8-inch-thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
2. Letter Color: Black.
3. Background Color: White.
4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering
for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the
size of principal lettering.
7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws .
8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number,
Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the
Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.
D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch
bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where
equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number
and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and
maintenance data.
2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8-inch-
thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
B. Letter Color: Black.
C. Background Color: White.
D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 53- 3
E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2
by 3/4 inch.
F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater
viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal
lettering.
G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws .
H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification
instructions.
2.3 PIPE LABELS
A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing flow direction.
B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of
pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.
C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.
D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both
directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.
2.4 DUCT LABELS
A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8-inch-
thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
B. Letter Color: Black.
C. Background Color: White.
D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2
by 3/4 inch.
F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater
viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal
lettering.
G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws .
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 53- 4
H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
I. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both
directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction.
2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.
2.5 STENCILS
A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height
of 1-1/4 inches for ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch for access panel and door
labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions.
1. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in
pressurized spray-can form.
2. Identification Paint: Exterior, in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise
indicated.
2.6 VALVE TAGS
A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-
inch numbers.
1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness,
and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.
2. Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.
B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve
number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or
space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification.
Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.
1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
2.7 WARNING TAGS
A. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags, of plasticized card
stock with matte finish suitable for writing.
1. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT
OPERATE."
2. Color: Yellow background with black lettering.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification
devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants.
3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 53- 5
B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces;
machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and
exterior exposed locations as follows:
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units.
Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in
areas of congested piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
3.4 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color
codes:
1. Blue: For cold-air supply ducts.
2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts.
3. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts.
4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust.
B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of
50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system.
3.5 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within
factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering
hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use
fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.
3.6 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION
A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where
required.
END OF SECTION 23 05 53
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 1
SECTION 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Balancing Air Systems:
a. Variable Air Volume (VAV) systems including supply, return, and outside air
b. Exhaust systems including VAV exhaust system for laboratory hoods.
c. VAV Fume hood supply and exhaust systems with laboratory air valves including
certification of fume hoods.
d. Dust collection systems
2. Balancing Hydronic Systems
a. Hot water coils in air handlers and terminal boxes
b. Chilled water coils in air handlers
c. Chilled water piping systems
3. Balancing Heat Transfer Devices
a. Direct eXpansion (DX) coil in air handler
b. Gas fired heat exchanger in air handler
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.
E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation
that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified
in "Quality Assurance" Article.
B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed,
submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 2
C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB
strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.
D. Certified TAB reports.
E. Sample report forms.
F. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:
1. Instrument type and make.
2. Serial number.
3. Application.
4. Dates of use.
5. Dates of calibration.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by NEBB or TABB.
1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by NEBB or TABB.
2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by NEBB or TABB
as a TAB technician.
B. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:
1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB
reports.
C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Architect
Commissioning Authority.
D. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111,
Section 5, "Instrumentation."
E. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air
Balancing."
F. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1,
Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing."
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB
period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's
operations.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and
times.
B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been
satisfactorily completed.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 3
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover
conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.
B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer
wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify
that locations of these balancing devices are accessible.
C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions
for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and
assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to
verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Section 23 31 13
"Metal Ducts" and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in
plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required.
F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.
1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects
that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all
or part of a system.
2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when
installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment
performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in
AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design."
Compare results with the design data and installed conditions.
G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing,
cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
I. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned
and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.
J. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible
and their controls are connected and functioning.
K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with
indicated perforations.
L. Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing
fluid flows.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 4
M. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.
N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.
O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.
P. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe
and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from
indicated values.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.
B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:
1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.
2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air.
3. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open.
6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.
7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and
access to balancing devices is provided.
8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be
met.
3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures
contained in ASHRAE 111 NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
of Environmental Systems" SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing"
and in this Section.
1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."
B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness
as used to construct ducts.
2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation,
coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 23 07 13 "Duct Insulation,"
Section 23 07 16 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Section 23 07 19 "HVAC Piping
Insulation."
C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position
indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other
suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.
D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 5
3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and
recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with
required fan volumes.
B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.
C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.
D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements.
E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-
air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
I. Check for airflow blockages.
J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.
L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts."
3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS
A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by
fan manufacturer.
1. Measure total airflow.
a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse
measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the
total airflow.
2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure:
a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and
upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.
b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection.
c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as
possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct
restrictions.
d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum
that houses the fan.
3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit,
rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment.
a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured.
4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat-
recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 6
5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus
actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments
to accommodate actual conditions.
6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment
manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-
motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling,
full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum
required brake horsepower.
B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated
airflows within specified tolerances.
1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts.
a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube
traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and
calculate the total airflow for that zone.
2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust
volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to
adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written
instructions and calculating factors.
D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of
indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and
the dampers at air terminals.
1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated
quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the
Contract Documents.
2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
E. Provide fixed sheaves in place of adjustable sheaves after approval of final balance report.
3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS
A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:
1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.
2. Motor horsepower rating.
3. Motor rpm.
4. Efficiency rating.
5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating.
B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying
from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation.
Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number,
and nameplate data.
3.7 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS
A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each water coil:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 7
1. Entering- and leaving-water temperature.
2. Water flow rate.
3. Water pressure drop.
4. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
5. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils.
6. Airflow.
7. Air pressure drop.
B. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each electric heating coil:
1. Nameplate data.
2. Airflow.
3. Entering- and leaving-air temperature at full load.
4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage.
5. Calculated kilowatt at full load.
6. Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection.
C. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each steam coil:
1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
2. Airflow.
3. Air pressure drop.
4. Inlet steam pressure.
D. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil:
1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
2. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
3. Airflow.
4. Air pressure drop.
5. Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature.
3.8 TOLERANCES
A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 10 percent Minus 5
percent.
2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus 10 percent Minus 5 percent.
3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 5 percent.
4. Cooling-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 5 percent.
3.9 REPORTING
A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as
specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems'
balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to
facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to
HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and
balancing devices.
B. Status Reports: Prepare progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in
progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in
systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each
building floor for systems serving multiple floors.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 8
3.10 FINAL REPORT
A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections
for tested systems and balanced systems.
1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the
certified testing and balancing engineer.
2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:
1. Pump curves.
2. Fan curves.
3. Manufacturers' test data.
4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
5. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and
product data.
C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1. Title page.
2. Name and address of the TAB contractor.
3. Project name.
4. Project location.
5. Architect's name and address.
6. Engineer's name and address.
7. Contractor's name and address.
8. Report date.
9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.
Number each page in the report.
11. Summary of contents including the following:
a. Indicated versus final performance.
b. Notable characteristics of systems.
c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings.
14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values.
15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:
a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
b. Conditions of filters.
c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter.
f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems.
g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.
h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present
each system with single-line diagram and include the following:
1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
2. Water and steam flow rates.
3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations.
5. Terminal units.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 9
6. Balancing stations.
7. Position of balancing devices.
E. Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:
1. Unit Data:
a. Unit identification.
b. Location.
c. Make and type.
d. Model number and unit size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
f. Unit arrangement and class.
g. Discharge arrangement.
h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
i. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
j. Number, make, and size of belts.
k. Number, type, and size of filters.
2. Motor Data:
a. Motor make, and frame type and size.
b. Horsepower and rpm.
c. Volts, phase, and hertz.
d. Full-load amperage and service factor.
e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Total air flow rate in cfm.
b. Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c. Fan rpm.
d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg.
f. Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
g. Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
h. Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
i. Outdoor airflow in cfm.
j. Return airflow in cfm.
k. Outdoor-air damper position.
l. Return-air damper position.
m. Vortex damper position.
F. Apparatus-Coil Test Reports:
1. Coil Data:
a. System identification.
b. Location.
c. Coil type.
d. Number of rows.
e. Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c.
f. Make and model number.
g. Face area in sq. ft.
h. Tube size in NPS.
i. Tube and fin materials.
j. Circuiting arrangement.
2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Air flow rate in cfm.
b. Average face velocity in fpm.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 10
c. Air pressure drop in inches wg.
d. Outdoor-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
e. Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
f. Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
g. Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
h. Water flow rate in gpm.
i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
j. Entering-water temperature in deg F.
k. Leaving-water temperature in deg F.
l. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types.
m. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig.
n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F.
o. Inlet steam pressure in psig.
G. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1. Fan Data:
a. System identification.
b. Location.
c. Make and type.
d. Model number and size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
f. Arrangement and class.
g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
h. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
2. Motor Data:
a. Motor make, and frame type and size.
b. Horsepower and rpm.
c. Volts, phase, and hertz.
d. Full-load amperage and service factor.
e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
g. Number, make, and size of belts.
3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Total airflow rate in cfm.
b. Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c. Fan rpm.
d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
e. Suction static pressure in inches wg.
H. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid
representing the duct cross-section and record the following:
1. Report Data:
a. System and air-handling-unit number.
b. Location and zone.
c. Traverse air temperature in deg F.
d. Duct static pressure in inches wg.
e. Duct size in inches.
f. Duct area in sq. ft.
g. Indicated air flow rate in cfm.
h. Indicated velocity in fpm.
i. Actual air flow rate in cfm.
j. Actual average velocity in fpm.
k. Barometric pressure in psig.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 11
I. Air-Terminal-Device Reports:
1. Unit Data:
a. System and air-handling unit identification.
b. Location and zone.
c. Apparatus used for test.
d. Area served.
e. Make.
f. Number from system diagram.
g. Type and model number.
h. Size.
i. Effective area in sq. ft.
2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Air flow rate in cfm.
b. Air velocity in fpm.
c. Preliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm.
d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm.
e. Final air flow rate in cfm.
f. Final velocity in fpm.
g. Space temperature in deg F.
J. Instrument Calibration Reports:
1. Report Data:
a. Instrument type and make.
b. Serial number.
c. Application.
d. Dates of use.
e. Dates of calibration.
3.11 INSPECTIONS
A. Initial Inspection:
1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check
measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and
balance readings documented in the final report.
2. Check the following for each system:
a. Measure airflow of at least 20 percent of air outlets.
b. Measure water flow of at least 20 percent of terminals.
c. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the
reading to the set point.
d. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position.
e. Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report.
B. Final Inspection:
1. After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that
testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report,
request that a final inspection be made by Construction Manager Commissioning
Authority.
2. The TAB contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the
presence of Construction Manager Commissioning Authority.
3. Construction Manager Commissioning Authority shall randomly select measurements,
documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10
percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be
accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 05 93- 12
4. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the
final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as
"FAILED."
5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total
measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be
considered incomplete and shall be rejected.
C. TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails,
proceed as follows:
1. Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing
device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final
inspection.
2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB
contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the
cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's final payment.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.12 ADDITIONAL TESTS
A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are
being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.
B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and
winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions.
END OF SECTION 23 059
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 1
SECTION 23 07 13
DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes insulating the following duct services:
1. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air.
2. Indoor, exposed exhaust.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 23 07 16 "HVAC Equipment Insulation."
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any).
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each
type of insulation.
3. Detail application of field-applied jackets.
4. Detail application at linkages of control devices.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
C. Field quality-control reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 2
B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and
cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 150 or less.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Section 23 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before
preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for
installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for
maintenance.
C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum
Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule"
articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 3
E. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket.
Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap.
b. CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap.
c. Johns Manville; Microlite.
d. Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap.
F. High-Temperature, Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type V, without factory-applied jacket.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements:
a. Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree blanket insulation,
b. Industrial Insulation Group (IIG); MinWool-1200 Flexible Batt.
c. Johns Manville; HTB 26 Spin-Glas.
d. Roxul Inc.; Roxul RW.
G. Calcium Silicate
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Industrial Insulation Group (IIG); Thermo-12 Gold.
2. Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible,
inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply
with ASTM C 533, Type I.
3. Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium
silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I.
4. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for dimensions
used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
H. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide
insulation with factory-applied ASJ . Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in
"Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :
a. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board.
b. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board.
c. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas.
d. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.
2.2 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 4
2.3 MASTICS
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.
1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.
2.4 SEALANTS
A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
2.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing.
C. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming.
Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements:
a. Johns Manville; Zeston.
b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
c. Proto Corporation; LoSmoke.
d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.
2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
a. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene
and kraft paper.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 5
b. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene
and kraft paper.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.
B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for
each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 6
J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket.
Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip,
spaced 4 inches o.c.
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive
self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.
a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and
at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.
L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
3.4 PENETRATIONS
A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof
penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of
roof flashing.
4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
through wall penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least
2 inches.
4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 7
3.5 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION
A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit
area. Revise first subparagraph below to allow adhesive to be omitted from top surface
of horizontal rectangular ducts.
B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit
area. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a
continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape
or mastic to maintain vapor-barrier seal.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Secure single-layer insulation with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals
and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials.
2. Install two-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches (75
mm). Secure inner layer with wire spaced at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Secure outer
layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals.
3. Apply a skim coat of mineral-fiber, hydraulic-setting cement to insulation surface. When
cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth
or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch (25 mm). Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive
over glass cloth or tape. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth, uniform finish.
B. Insulation Installation on Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and
thickness as pipe insulation.
4. Finish flange insulation same as pipe insulation.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2. When preformed insulation sections of insulation are not available, install mitered
sections of calcium silicate insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
3. Finish fittings insulation same as pipe insulation.
3.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A. Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied jackets.
B. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
2. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 8
C. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks
and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
D. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof
sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12
inches o.c. and at end joints.
3.8 FINISHES
A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint
system identified below and as specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and
Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material
and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.9 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:
1. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air.
2. All outside, exhaust and relief air.
3. Outside, exhaust and relief plenums
4. Vents, flues, exhausts from ovens
B. Items Not Insulated:
1. Fibrous-glass ducts.
2. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and
ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
3. Factory-insulated flexible ducts.
4. Factory-insulated plenums and casings.
5. Flexible connectors.
6. Vibration-control devices.
7. Factory-insulated access panels and doors.
3.10 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. All Outdoor-air duct and any exhaust or relief-air duct between exterior opening and damper,
duct insulation shall be the following:
1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1-1/2 inches thick.
3. Insulate all exhaust and relief duct minimum of 10’ out from exterior opening.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Duct Insulation
23 07 13- 9
B. All exposed supply-air and exposed return-air duct in mechanical spaces or ductwork exposed
to physical damage shall be insulated as follows:
1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
2. Provide protective jacket around insulation and fittings.
C. All indoor vents, flues, exhausts from ovens; insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Calcium Silicate: 4 inches thick.
3.11 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-
applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option unless
specifically identified.
C. Indoor ductwork and plenums - as indicated on drawings or in specifications, Outdoor ductwork
and plenums – all insulated ductwork and plenums to have field applied or factory applied
jacket.
1. PVC: 30 mils thick.
2. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.024 inches thick.
END OF SECTION 23 07 13
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 1
SECTION 23 07 16
HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC equipment that is not factory insulated:
1. Chilled-water pumps.
2. Heating, hot-water pumps.
3. Air separators.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 23 07 13 "Duct Insulation."
2. Section 23 07 19 "HVAC Piping Insulation."
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any).
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation.
3. Detail removable insulation at equipment connections.
4. Detail application of field-applied jackets.
5. Detail application at linkages of control devices.
6. Detail field application for each equipment type.
C. Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. Identify each Sample, describing
product and intended use. Sample sizes are as follows:
1. Preformed Pipe Insulation Materials: 12 inches long by NPS 2
2. Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches square.
3. Sheet Jacket Materials: 12 inches square.
4. Manufacturer's Color Charts: For products where color is specified, show the full range
of colors available for each type of finish material.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 2
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
C. Field quality-control reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and
cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 150 or less.
C. Mockups: Before installing insulation, build mockups for each type of insulation and finish listed
below to demonstrate quality of insulation application and finishes. Build mockups in the
location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Use materials indicated for the
completed Work.
1. Equipment Mockups:
a. One chilled-water pump and one heating-hot-water pump.
2. For each mockup, fabricate cutaway sections to allow observation of application details
for insulation materials, adhesives, mastics, attachments, and jackets.
3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting insulation application.
5. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations
in writing.
6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work.
7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 3
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Section 23 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with equipment Installer for equipment insulation
application.
C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements in "Equipment Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating
materials shall be applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
F. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. Provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ.
Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 4
a. CertainTeed Corp.; CertaPro Commercial Board.
b. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas.
c. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board.
d. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.
G. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
b. Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation.
c. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
2. Type I, 850 Deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied
jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
H. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II
or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is
2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F. is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x
deg F. or less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets"
Article.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
b. Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
c. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
d. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.
2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS
A. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.
B. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]:
a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Ramcote 1200 and Quik-Cote.
2.3 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 5
B. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-127.
b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-60/85-70.
d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
C. ASJ Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap
seams and joints.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-82.
b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-50.
d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
2.4 MASTICS
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.
1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient
services.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one
of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but
are not limited to, the following]:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 6
a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H .B. Fuller
Company; 30-80/30-90.
b. Vimasco Corporation; 749.
2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric
perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-10.
b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550.
c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 46-50.
d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50.
e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5.
2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
2.5 SEALANTS
A. Joint Sealants:
B. ASJ Flashing Sealants:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
5. Color: White.
6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 7
2.6 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Self-Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60-mil-thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing
membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a
rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with stucco-
embossed aluminum-foil facing.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Alumaguard 60.
2.8 TAPES
A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
c. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
2. Width: 3 inches.
3. Thickness: 11.5 mils.
4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
5. Elongation: 2 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
2.9 SECUREMENTS
A. Bands:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 8
b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.
2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch
thick, 3/4 inch wide with closed seal.
3. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to
accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.
B. Insulation Pins and Hangers:
1. Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for
capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation
indicated.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
2) GEMCO; CD.
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
4) Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.
2. Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully
annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-diameter shank, length to suit
depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CHP-1.
2) GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
4) Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.
3. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-thick,
stainless-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in
place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150.
2) GEMCO; R-150.
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150.
4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.
b. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to
ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.
2.10 CORNER ANGLES
A. Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according
to ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of
defects.
2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a
corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an
epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F.
Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods
for operating temperature range.
2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300
deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating
materials and application methods for operating temperature range.
C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces, use de-mineralized water.
3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of equipment.
B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of equipment as specified in insulation system schedules.
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 10
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket.
Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip,
spaced 4 inches o.c.
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive
self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.
a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints.
L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
O. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 11
1. Vibration-control devices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Nameplates and data plates.
4. Manholes.
5. Handholes.
6. Cleanouts.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION
A. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation
with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit
area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces.
2. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including
contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end
joints.
3. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles.
4. Install adhesively attached or self-sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on
sides of tanks and vessels as follows:
a. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels.
b. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service
temperature and with substrate.
c. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor-pin spacing is 3 inches from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches o.c. in both directions.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
e. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks
and vessels.
f. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers.
g. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
5. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band
material compatible with insulation materials.
6. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and
where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing
insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make
taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle
around equipment approximately 6 inches from each end. Install wire or cable between
two circumferential girdles 12 inches o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around
outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from
the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles
along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches o.c. Use this
network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands.
7. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches.
8. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes,
handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection.
9. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and
nameplates.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 12
10. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends,
joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation.
B. Insulation Installation on Pumps:
1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box
joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt
flanges on 6-inch centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-inch- diameter fasteners with
wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism.
2. Fabricate boxes from stainless steel, at least 0.050 inch thick.
3. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations.
Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier.
3.5 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof
sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12
inches o.c. and at end joints.
3.6 FINISHES
A. Equipment Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket
with paint system identified below and as specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and
Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material
and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections: Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by
removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent
of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the
"Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate
to determine compliance.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Equipment Insulation
23 07 16- 13
C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
3.8 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for
a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment that is not factory insulated.
C. Chilled-water pump insulation shall be the following:
1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick; 6-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
D. Heating-hot-water pump insulation shall be the following:
1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 6-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
E. Heating-hot-water expansion/compression tank insulation shall be the following:
1. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick.
F. Heating-hot-water air-separator insulation shall be the following:
1. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 2 inches thick.
END OF SECTION 23 07 16
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Commissioning of HVAC
230800- 1
SECTION 23 08 00
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Commissioning services allowance to be included under alternate bid. See Setion 012300
ALTERNATES
B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes commissioning process requirements for HVAC&R systems, assemblies, and
equipment.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 23 Sections for HVAC equipment, systems, and control requirements.
1.3 COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY
A. The Commissioning Authority (CA) has been contracted directly with the owner for this project.
The CA has overall responsibility for planning and coordinating the HVAC commissioning
process. However commissioning involves all parties involved in the design and construction
process, including the mechanical (Division 23) contractor, and all specialty sub-contractor
within Division 23, such as sheet metal, piping, refrigeration, water treatment, and temperature
controls, Test and Balance, plus major equipment suppliers as required.
1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The mechanical (Division 23) contractor’s responsibilities are defined in Division 01 Section
“General Commissioning Requirements”. These responsibilities apply to all specialty sub-
contractor and major equipment suppliers within Division 23. Each contractor and supplier shall
review Division 01 Section 01 91 13 and include cost to participate in the commissioning
process in their contract price.
B. The cost to retest a failed functional performance test due to incomplete work or inadequate
prerequisite checkout shall be the responsibility of the installing contractor. Costs may be
incurred by the any or all of the witnessing Cx team members. These costs may include labor,
travel expenses, lodging, or other expenses.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Commissioning of HVAC
230800- 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 23 08 00
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 1
SECTION 23 09 23
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The Building Automation System (BAS) contractor shall furnish and install a networked system
of HVAC controls. The contractor shall incorporate direct digital control (DDC) for central plant
equipment, building ventilation equipment, supplemental heating and cooling equipment, and
terminal units.
B. Provide networking to new DDC equipment using industry accepted communication standards.
System shall utilize BACnet communication according to ANSI/ASHRAE standard 135-2010 for
interoperability with smart equipment, for the main IP communication trunk to the BAS Server
and for peer-to-peer communication between DDC panels and devices. The system shall not
be limited to only standard protocols, but shall also be able to integrate to a wide variety of third-
party devices and applications via drivers and gateways.
C. Provide integration to the Laboratory Control System (LCS) to allow data sharing and full
command and control of the LCS from the BAS.
D. The system shall be scalable in nature and shall permit expansion of both capacity and
functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators, DDC controllers, and operator devices.
E. Installation of controls for the LCS and BAS shall be performed by the Temperature Control
Contractor (TCC) as part of division23. Installation shall be subject to all applicable federal,
state, and local codes as well as the installation standards specified herein.
F. Contractors Bid form to list Temperature Control Contractor (TCC)
1.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Johnson Controls by Branch Office
B. Distech by Jackson Systems
1.3 SYSTEM
A. Distributed direct digital control system (DDC)
B. Electric/electronic actuation on primary control devices or as shown on construction documents
C. Electric/electronic actuation on terminal units or as shown on construction documents
1.4 DOCUMENTATION
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 2
A. All products to be used and not specifically called out in this document shall be submitted to the
owner and engineer for review prior to ordering and installation.
B. All documentation for all products in this document and installed equipment shall be maintained
in a vendor specific operations and maintenance manual provided to the owner.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
A. Controls provider to provide uninterruptible power supply for protection of head end controllers
and interface power sources. UPS like “Functional Devices PSH550-UPS.” BAS system to be
served from emergency power service.
B. Panel
1. Provide DDC panel adjacent to the systems served, or as indicated on contract
documents. Panels shall include all applicable microprocessor based controllers,
communication controllers, power supplies, input/output modules. Deviations shall be
considered on a case-by-case basis.
2. The system architecture shall support expansion of all types of DDC panels by either
spare capacity in the panel provided or by adding expansion panels to the system.
3. Each device shall be free of functional and operational defects. All controller output,
input, and communication capacities shall be fully functional.
4. Each applicable controller shall be supplied with sufficient memory to support its own
operating system and databases.
5. Each panel shall support:
a. Digital inputs for status and alarm contacts
b. Digital outputs for ON/OFF equipment control
c. Analog inputs for temperature, pressure, humidity, CO2, flow, and position
measurements.
d. Analog outputs for valve, damper, and capacity control of primary equipment
e. Pulse inputs for pulsed contact monitoring
6. Each microprocessor controller shall continuously perform self diagnosis, communication
diagnosis and diagnosis of all subsidiary equipment. The controller shall have the
capability to provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component
failures, or repeated failure to establish communication.
7. In the event of power failure and/or restart:
a. Each panel shall shutdown in an orderly manner to prevent the loss of database or
operating system software. Use non-volatile memory for all controller configuration
data. Use non-volatile memory and/or battery back-up to support the real-time
clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours.
b. Each panel shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention.
Should DDC panel memory be lost the DDC panel shall request download from the
front end and resume normal operations after completion of the download. The
user shall have the capability of reloading the DDC panel via the local area
network, and/or via telephone line dial-in.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 3
C. Software
1. Use English language and industry standard software for command entry and menu
selection. All temperature units shall be programmed and displayed in degrees
Fahrenheit. Provide all applicable displays and modifications to existing front end
workstations to enable operators to view all system points, modify all system set points,
and allocation data. Provide at a minimum:
a. ON/OFF control
b. Adjustable set points
c. Add/Modify/Delete time programming
d. Enable/Disable a control process execution
e. Lock/Unlock alarm reporting for each point
f. Enable/Disable totaling and trending for each point
g. Override PID loop set points and parameters
h. Enter temporary override schedules
i. Define Holiday schedules
j. Change time and date
k. Enter/Modify analog alarm and warning limits
l. View all point attributes and limits
m. Enable/Disable demand limiting for each meter
n. Duty cycle for each load
o. Access levels to be determined by password code
2. Provide and install software upgrades/hot fixes/patches to give the operator’s workstation
the ability to read the most current revision of software and firmware installed in the
project. This upgrade/hot fix/patch shall be installed prior to new the DDC panels
communicating to the primary network so as to not interrupt the owner’s communication
with any panels in a completed project. Provide technical instruction/training to Building
Automation staff with regard to upgrades/hot fixes/patches at time of installation.
3. This section is intended to assure that the owner’s operator’s workstation will
communicate with the hardware and firmware that is installed in the project.
D. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM NETWORK
1. BAS system to have expandable architecture.
2. All networked control products provided for this project shall be comprised of an industry
standard open protocol internetwork. Communication involving control components (i.e. all
types of controllers and operator interfaces) shall conform to ASHRAE 135-2010 BACnet
standard. Networks and protocols proprietary to one company or distributed by one company
are prohibited.
3. Access to system data shall not be restricted by the hardware configuration of the building
management system. The hardware configuration of the BMS network shall be totally
transparent to the user when accessing data or developing control programs.
1. Software applications, features, and functionality, including administrative configurations,
shall not be separated into several network control engines working together.
4. BAS Server shall be capable of simultaneous direct connection and communication with
BACnet/IP, OPC and TCP/IP corporate level networks without the use of interposing devices.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 4
5. Any break in Ethernet communication from the server to the controllers on the Primary Network
shall result in a notification at the server.
6. Any break in Ethernet communication between the server and standard client workstations on
the Primary Network shall result in a notification at each workstation.
7. The network architecture shall consist of three levels of networks:
1. The Management Level Network (MLN) shall utilize BACnet/IP over Ethernet along with
other standardized protocol, such as web services, html, JAVA, SOAP, XML, etc., to
transmit data to non-BAS software applications and databases. The BAS Server and
Operator Workstations shall reside on this level of the network architecture.
2. The Automation Level Network (ALN) shall utilize BACnet/IP over Ethernet. It shall
connect BACnet Building Controllers to the BAS Server and Operator Workstations.
Controllers for central plant equipment and large infrastructure air handlers shall reside
on the ALN backbone BACnet/IP network. The building’s Ethernet LAN shall be utilized
for the ALN backbone and all ALN devices shall be connected to the building’s LAN.
Coordinate IP drops with Owner.
3. The Floor Level Network shall utilize BACnet/IP over Ethernet or BACnet MS/TP over
RS-485 to connect all of the DDC-controlled terminal heating and cooling equipment on a
floor or in a system that are controlled with BACnet Advanced Application Controllers or
BACnet Application Specific Controllers. FLN devices are networked to a router that
connects to the Automaton Level Network backbone.
8. Provide a router for each RS-485 subnetwork to connect them to the base building backbone
level network. The router shall connect BACnet MS/TP subnetworks to BACnet over Ethernet.
Routers shall be capable of handling all of the BACnet BIBBs that are listed for the controller
that reside on the subnetwork.
9. Controllers and software shall be BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) listed at the time of
installation.
10. Remote Communications: Provide a TCP/IP compatible communication port for connection to
the Owner’s network for remote communications. Provide coordination with the Owner for
addressing and router configuration on both ends of the remote network.
11. The system shall be installed with a 10% spare capacity on each subnetwork for the addition of
future controllers.
E. ADDITIONAL POINTS
1. BAS system to monitor additional points as listed below
a. Fire alarm system – 1 point
b. Emergency Generator – status and alarm
c. Two (2) set additional temperature and humidity points for selection by owner.
G. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM SERVER HARDWARE
1. BAS Server application and database shall be installed on a server provided by this contractor.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 5
2.2 ELECTRIC \ ELECTRONIC
A. Sensors
1. Temperature Sensors
a. Temperature only sensors located within ductwork shall be 1K ohm platinum RTD
sensors with a rigid element.
b. DDC primary equipment space sensors shall be RTD with an accuracy of 1% over
the sensed temperature range. Verify with owner and designer of record the
sensor options required for the project. Owner and /or designer of record will
provide written documentation of required options.
c. DDC terminal equipment space sensors shall be RTD with an accuracy of 1% over
the sensed temperature range. Verify with owner and designer of record the
sensor options required for the project. Owner and /or designer of record will
provide written documentation of required options.
d. DDC fluid immersion sensors shall be 1K ohm platinum RTD and have a bulb type
element mounted within a brass or stainless steel well filled with a heat conductive
compound and in direct contact with the fluid within the pipe or vessel.
2. Humidity Sensors
a. DDC duct relative humidity sensors shall utilize resistance elements to operate
with a minimum accuracy of +/- 2% within a range of 10% to 90% relative humidity.
Note that many humidity sensors require an auxiliary power source.
b. DDC space relative humidity sensors shall utilize resistance elements to operate
with a minimum accuracy of +/- 2% within a range of 10% to 90% relative humidity.
Note that many humidity sensors require an auxiliary power source.
c. DDC combination duct temperature/relative humidity sensors shall utilize 4-20mA
output signal. The humidity portion shall be a minimum +/- 2% within a range of
0% to 100% relative humidity. Utilize a combination sensor if duct temperature
and humidity sensing is required. Note that many humidity sensors require an
auxiliary power source.
d. DDC combination space temperature/relative humidity sensors shall utilize 4-20mA
output signal. The humidity portion shall be a minimum +/- 2% within a range of
0% to 100% relative humidity. Utilize a combination sensor if duct temperature
and humidity sensing is required. Note that many humidity sensors require an
auxiliary power source.
3. Status Sensors
a. Primary constant speed equipment shall use a solid state electronic device with a
split core design to indicate status of electrical motor.
b. Primary variable speed equipment shall utilize the internal drive status relay to
indicate status of electrical motor.
4. Differential Pressure Sensors
a. DDC air differential pressure sensors shall be accurate within 1% of the span over
an ambient operating temperature of 30 Deg. F. to 140 Deg. F. Pressure sensors
shall utilize a 4-20mA or 0-10 VDC output signal.
b. DDC fluid differential pressure sensors shall be adjustable from 0 psid to 50 psid,
over pressure to 2000 psi, with and accuracy rating of +/- 0.25% of full scale.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 6
Actual installed range shall be verified with designer of record to provide a sensor
with a full-scale limit not to exceed twice the desired differential set point.
B. Pressure Transmitters:
1. DDC pressure sensors shall be accurate within +/- 0.25% of full scale, over pressure of
2000 psi, over an ambient operating temperature of -40 Deg. F to 200 Deg. F. The case
shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel with a 1/8” NPT male 316 stainless steel
connection. Pressure sensors shall utilize a 4-20mA or 0-10VDC output signal. Options
shall be verified with Owner and designer of record prior to purchase and installation.
B. Thermostats:
1. Line voltage thermostats shall be heat/cool type with a maximum dead band of 2 Deg. F.
They shall be rated for full motor load with single or two poles as required. They shall
have concealed temperature adjustment and locking cover. Thermostat options shall be
confirmed with the owner and designer of record prior to ordering and installation.
C. Switches:
1. Air differential pressure switches shall have an adjustable set point range of 0.05” W.C. to
12” W.C. Contacts shall be snap acting SPST with manual reset.
2. Damper position switches shall be an encapsulated SPDT Mercury switch.
D. Actuators
1. Terminal Units, Factory Mounted: Provide controllers to terminal box manufacturer for
factory mounting. Provide wiring diagrams and installation instructions. Controllers to be
powered from transformer panels provided by TC supplier and wired by CIC.
a. Valve Actuators
1) Electric valve actuators which do not require fail safe positions shall be
UL873 listed and suitable for plenum installations. Actuators shall utilize
magnetic hysteretic coupling to protect against overload and provide a
manual adjustment. Actuator shall maintain its last commanded position
upon a power failure.
2) Electric valve actuators which require fail safe positions shall be UL873
listed and suitable for plenum installations. Actuators shall utilize magnetic
hysteretic coupling to protect against overload and provide a manual
adjustment. Actuator shall return to a fail safe position upon a power failure.
b. Terminal Box Actuators
1) Electric damper actuator shall be provided for terminal units and unit
ventilators with a synchronous motor with load independent running time.
Actuators shall utilize magnetic hysteretic coupling to protect against
overload. Actuator shall maintain its last commanded position upon a power
failure, unless specified differently in contract documents.
2. System Components
a. Valve Actuators
1) Electric valve actuators which require fail safe positions shall be UL873
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 7
listed and suitable for plenum installations. Actuators shall utilize magnetic
hysteretic coupling to protect against overload and provide a manual
adjustment. Actuator shall return to a fail safe position upon a power failure
b. Damper Actuators
1) Electric damper actuator shall be provided for air handling units with a
synchronous motor with load independent running time. Actuators shall
utilize magnetic hysteretic coupling to protect against overload. Actuator
shall maintain its last commanded position upon a power failure, unless
specified differently in contract documents.
2.3 DAMPERS
A. For dampers not provided with air handling equipment, refer to the following requirements for
damper type and construction.
B. Acceptable Products:
1. TAMCO 9000 and 1500
2. Ruskin CDTI-50 and CD40
3. Greenheck ICD 45 and VCD
C. All dampers for modulating control shall be proportioning type as indicated on the contract
documents. Damper frames may be constructed out of extruded aluminum or galvanized sheet
metal. Dampers exposed to outside air or exhaust/relief air to have insulated blades with
thermal breaks between blade faces.
1. Galvanized sheet metal damper frames shall be constructed of 16-gauge galvanized
sheet metal, while louvers shall be double 22 gauge or single thickness 16 gauge;
louvers shall not exceed 8” in width. Bearings shall be nylon with oil impregnated
sintered iron or brass bushings. All linkages shall be fastened to blades with the damper.
Provide control actuator for each section on dampers over 42” wide or for every 25
square feet whichever provides the greater number of actuators. Outside air, multi-zone,
relief, and intake dampers shall be designed for tight shut-off so that leakage does not
exceed 8 CFM per square foot at 4” w.g. pressure differential with rubber seals installed
on all blade edges as well as the sides, top, and bottom stops of each damper.
2. Extruded aluminum damper frames shall not be less than 0.080 inches in thickness.
Damper frame shall be 4 inches. Blades to be extruded aluminum profiles. Blade ends
to be capped in order to deal hollow interior and reduce air leakage rate. Blade gaskets
and frame seals shall be a minimum of extruded silicone. Gaskets to be secured in an
integral slot within the aluminum extrusions. Bearings are composed of a celcon inner
bearing fixed to a 7/16” aluminum hexagon blade pin, rotating within a polycarbonate
outer bearing inserted in the frame. All linkage hardware shall be installed in the frame
side and be constructed of aluminum and corrosion-resistant, zinc plated steel, complete
with cup-point trunnion screws for slip-proof grip. Air leakage through a 48” by 48”
damper shall not exceed 1.7 cfm per square foot against 1” water gauge differential static
pressure. Pressure drop of a fully open 48” by 48” damper shall not exceed 0.022” water
gauge at 1000 fpm.
3. Where appropriate, dampers exposed to outdoor air shall be thermally broken.
D. Damper blade operation and orientation shall be as follows: Modulating dampers shall be
opposed blade type. Two position dampers shall be parallel blade type. Outdoor air dampers
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 8
shall be insulated opposed blade. All dampers, less fan isolation dampers, shall be mounted as
horizontal blades. Fan isolation dampers shall be normally open and may be mounted either
direction as long as the damper manufacturer provides for a normal vertical damper blade
configuration.
2.4 AIR FLOW MEASURING STATIONS
A. Acceptable Products:
1. Ebtron Gold
B. Air flow measuring stations in main HVAC equipment shall be of type specified by engineer of
record and/or Energy Systems Project Manager. Controls contractor shall assist in the
coordination of installation to ensure manufacturer’s guidelines for installation are met.
2.5 VALVES
A. All automatic control valves shall be fully proportioning with equal percentage modulating plug
or V-port inner guides unless otherwise specified. Valves shall be quiet in operation and fail-
safe as applicable in either the normally open or normally closed position as indicated on
contract documents. All control valves shall be sized by the designer of record and/or the
controls contractor to meet heating and cooling loads specified. Maximum pressure drop
through the valve shall not exceed 5 psig unless otherwise indicated. All valves shall be
suitable for the pressure and temperature conditions and shall close against the differential
pressure involved. Valve body pressure rating and connection type shall conform to the
scheduled piping to which it is installed. Proved bubble-tight shut off in the closed position.
Valves for hot or chilled service shall be single –seated with bronze trim and composition seats.
Butterfly valves, in-line, or three-way shall be heavy duty pattern with a body rating compatible
to the piping rating and a stainless steel vane. Two-position butterfly valves shall be line size.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS GUIDELINES
A. Safeties: Interlock low temperature detectors directly with the supply fan via the starter coil
control circuit. On certain applications with VFDs, low voltage interlock or interposing relay is
acceptable. Low temperature detectors shall be mounted on the entering face of the next
downstream coil from the protected coil. No software interlocks are acceptable.
B. Coil Temperatures: On systems without heat recovery, the preheat coil shall be the first heating
coil in the air handler. On systems with heat recovery, the preheat coil shall be the first heating
coil after the heat recovery coil. If there is a single coil after the cooling coil, it is to be named
the heating coil. If there is a second heating coil on the air handler or in the associated
ductwork, the second coil is to be named the reheat coil.
C. Economizer Cycle
1. Outdoor air enthalpy economizer sequence shall be utilized as applicable. Mixed air
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Instrumentation and Controls
23 09 23- 9
temperature sensor shall be used to control mixed, return, and relief dampers as
applicable. When enthalpy is used, there shall be a software switch to allow end user to
easily switch between enthalpy control and mixed air temperature control without
reprogramming the controller or installing any new equipment.
2. Maintaining minimum outdoor air requirements during occupied and unoccupied cycles in
accordance with ASHRAE standards shall override any type of economizer control.
D. Equipment Status
1. Current sensing relays shall be utilized for equipment status monitoring of constant
velocity motors.
2. Integral status relays shall be utilized for equipment status monitoring of variable
frequency drives.
E. Equipment Occupied / Unoccupied Scheduling: All scheduling shall be accomplished at the
owner’s operator’s workstation.
3.2 TRAINING AND DOCUMENTATION
A. Front end graphics: TCC provide all software required to view new control points from the front
end located on site.
B. Training: Contractor shall be required to provide 8 hours of project related training for a
maximum of 16 maintenance employees at owner’s discretion. Training curriculum shall be
approved by owner prior to training. Training to be conducted on site using owner’s equipment.
c. Documentation
1. Contractor shall provide three hard copies of as-built documents and one electronic copy
on compact disk under Microsoft format.
2. Contractor shall provide one hard copy of all calibration and checkout sheets.
3. Contractor shall provide one electronic copy of all final installed programming and files on
compact disk under Microsoft format.
END OF SECTION 23 09 23
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Instrumentation and Controls Installation
23 09 24- 1
SECTION 23 09 24
HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS INSTALLATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SYSTEMS
A. Temperature Controls Contractor (TCC) shall be responsible for installing all temperature
control system components as described in the bid documents, to include all temperature
control contractor documents. TCC is responsible for providing and installing all conduits,
junction boxes, wire, pneumatic tubing, and any other installation devices required for complete
installation and operation of the temperature controls to achieve standards and design intent.
B. Installed systems shall be subject to continuous assessment by the owner’s designated
representatives and engineer to ensure all installation standards are being met. All verifiable
and documented discrepancies to the described installation standards, shall be promptly
corrected at TCC’s expense, and subject to all contract provisions.
C. TCC shall install all components according to manufacturers recommended installation
specifications and specifications spelled out herein. TCC shall co-ordinate with all trades to
ensure that the installation standards can be and are achieved.
D. TCC shall be available to answer questions about temperature controls installation from other
trades.
E. Install laboratory control system specified in 233300 to meet manufacturer’s requirements.
1.2 DOCUMENTATION
A. TCC shall provide a complete marked up as-built set of temperature control drawings to the
mechanical contractor and the A/E. As-built set shall include and document all wiring, wiring
interlocks, pneumatic paths, field changes, additions, omissions, address sequencing, power
trunk sequence, and cabling paths.
1.3 GUARANTEE
A. See General Conditions of the Contract.
B. The entire mechanical work shall be guaranteed to be free from defective materials, equipment
and workmanship.
C. All guarantees shall be for not less than two years from the date of final acceptance by the
Owner. The Contractor shall, at his expense, repair or replace any defects during this period
providing such defects, in the opinion of the Owner, are due to imperfection in materials or
workmanship.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Instrumentation and Controls Installation
23 09 24- 2
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. TCC Installer Qualifications
1. Licensed contractor with at least five years of working experience in the installation of
Building Automation Systems.
2. Demonstrated specific experience shall include cabling systems and pathways of
electrical and telecommunications systems.
3. Demonstrated expertise in the installation, functional checkout, point to point verification,
calibration, troubleshooting and startup of Building Automation Systems.
4. In addition to the technical capabilities described herein, demonstrate a production
capability to plan, control and integrate manpower and other resources necessary for
successful contract completion.
6. Temperature Controls Contractor shall be listed on the bid form on bid day by the
General Contractor (unified bid) or the Mechanical Contractor (multiple prime bid).
7. Temperature Controls Installer: employees working this specific project shall have at
least five years of documented experience in the installation of commercial DDC controls.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 – INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
3.1 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Latest edition of NFPA 70 (NEC).
B. Current local codes.
C. All project documents.
3.2 VENDOR DEVICES (NOTE – Not all devices listed will be included in this project.)
A. Reference Manuals: All manufacturer provided installation guidelines and procedures.
B. Flexible Temperature Sensors
1. All flexible sensors shall be attached by wire ties to a suspended wire or insulated cable
to prevent sensor contact with metal or other unit components.
2. Install flexible sensors across all coils at a maximum of 6” from the bottom of the bottom
coil and a minimum of 7” radius to turn the sensor.
3. Staggered coils shall utilize multiple sensors; each sensor shall cover one section of the
staggered coil.
4. All flexible sensors shall be protected at point of penetration of unit via a section of poly
tubing to prevent contact of the sensor and the unit.
5. Install flexible sensor so as then entire length of the sensor, less the wiring connection
point, shall be in contact with the air stream being monitored. Excessive lengths of
sensor outside the air stream or located in areas without air movement is not acceptable.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Instrumentation and Controls Installation
23 09 24- 3
6. Low limit (Freeze stat) sensors to be sloped with a slight downward incline and a
maximum of 12” between each pass.
7. Low Limit detector switch to be mounted within reach approximately 6’6” above floor level
and to have remote illuminated push button mounted at the corresponding AHU control
panel. The reset button to be wired in series with all automatic reset low limit detectors.
D. Dampers
1. All dampers shall be installed with the dampers blades in a horizontal configuration and
must be level, plumb, and square.
2. All damper(s) shall be properly supported via mechanical methods in a manner that will
maintain the damper(s) in a horizontal, level, plumb, and square configuration for the
anticipated lifespan of the building.
E. Control Panels
1. All control panels shall be mounted to u-channel. Panel may be mounted on a stand
constructed from u-channel and properly secured to the floor AND structure, if wall space
is not available or if shown as such on construction drawings.
2. The maximum mounting height is such that the user interface/display is no higher than 6’
above the finished floor surface directly under the control readout.
3. All penetrations shall be made on the top of the control panel.
4. 120VAC and low voltage must utilize separate penetrations.
5. All pneumatic penetrations shall be made on the opposite end of the 120VAC
penetration.
3.3 MATERIALS
A. Metal Conduit
1. Adhere to current NEC and Local Codes
2. Control conduits will be considered secondary to other trades and must heed right of way
when there are conflicts.
3. All control wiring conduit is EMT, ¾” minimum size, and shall be installed in a craftsman
like manner, parallel to the building structure. All connections, fittings, supports, etc. shall
be tight and secure.
4. Support cable such that lowest point is minimum 12 inches above ceiling grid - higher
where possible. Cables shall not come in contact with ceiling grid, ceiling tiles, light
fixtures, or other ceiling mounted equipment.
a. Mechanical rooms, laboratory and utility areas: All wiring in conduit EMT.
b. Space sensors: All wiring in conduit in wall construction EMT.
c. Accessible ceilings: Plenum rated cable bundled neatly, run, and mechanically
attached to and parallel with the building structure. Use of existing cable tray is
acceptable with prior approval. Cable shall be supported high out of the way of
damage from tools and personnel.
d. Non- Accessible ceilings: All wiring in conduit EMT
e. Shaft spaces: All wiring in conduit EMT, 1” minimum size
f. Pass through building structure walls above plenum ceiling spaces shall utilize a
sleeve of EMT conduit, 12” in length, with end steel compression box end fittings
or plastic/rubber grommets and fire stopped if the wall is fire rated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Instrumentation and Controls Installation
23 09 24- 4
4. All EMT connections shall utilize steel compression fittings up to 1 ½” conduit. Above
1½” may utilize steel set screw fittings.
a. All non-terminated, non-connected, open ends of conduit must utilize either a
plastic/rubber grommet or box connector.
5. All conduits shall be supported directly from or to structural members. Additional support
shall be provided at junction and pull boxes.
a. Conduits shall be supported by trapeze hangers or pipe straps and shall have their
support spaced not to exceed 10’ on center, or a minimum of one support per
piece of conduit. With approval, it is acceptable to use other electrical trapeze.
b. All junction boxes must have a minimum of two anchors per box. Boxes larger
than 8” X 8” shall have a minimum of four anchors per box.
c. All conduits shall be run as close to the ceiling if possible. Make all conduit drops
at point of connection. Do not run conduit across walls below 8’ in mechanical
spaces.
6. Conduits serving air handler units shall be run either along the top of the unit along unit
structural members or above the unit supported by u-channel. Drops for devices shall be
run on the structural members of each unit, and shall not cross or attach to the panels.
Conduit must be seismically isolated from the structure via FMC/LFMC.
7. All boxes shall utilize all normally provided mechanical fasteners to secure their covers.
8. All conduits and junction box covers shall be labeled “Temperature Controls” with a
minimum of ½” lettering. Labels shall be placed on every box cover, every 20’ on center
and within 6” on each side of each wall or structural penetration.
9. A maximum of 20” of FMC may be used to connect any control device to a junction box.
Use FMC to isolate all components that have the potential for vibration.
10. FMC must be secured with an appropriate sized FMC one hole clamp if used inside
equipment, such as air handling units.
11. Liquid tight FMC must be utilized on all final connections in moist/damp locations and in
all locations exposed to the weather.
12. Power and low voltage wiring shall not be run in the same conduit.
13. Electrical wiring shall not be run in the same conduit with poly tubing.
14. Where more than one panel is mounted together, utilize square duct wire way, 4” X 4”
minimum, to connect all panels. Provide one extra 1” EMT conduit from each panel to
square duct wire way for future expansion.
B. Low Voltage Cable
1. Adhere to current NEC and Local Codes
2. All temperature control wiring installed above “lay-in” or hard ceilings shall be fire rated
plenum type cable.
3. Splicing of cables is not permitted. All connections shall be point to point.
a. If splicing is completely unavoidable, utilize an appropriate sized junction box with
terminal blocks to make the connections. Wire nuts are not acceptable.
b. Devices that come from the factory with pigtails shall have the pigtails connected
to the appropriate cable with wirenuts inside of a properly sized and supported
junction box.
4. All wiring utilized on projects to be plenum rated. Communication Cable to be OAS
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Instrumentation and Controls Installation
23 09 24- 5
plenum rated.
C. Line Voltage Cable
1. All 120VAC wiring shall be minimum solid copper, 12 THHN, 600-volt insulation.
2. Panel 120VAC power circuit shall be dedicated for building automation system
components only. Power shall be run from emergency circuit panels, if emergency power
is available in the building. Confirm responsibility for panel 120VAC.
3. External control devices powered via 120VAC from the control panel shall utilize a knife
switch, or fuse switch to isolate those devices from the power to the controller. The
switch shall be installed in the control panel in such a way as to allow power to be easily
disconnected from each control device individually without removing power to the panel
completely.
E. Relays: Install in accordance to (NEC) NFPA 70-2005 Article 725.55
END OF SECTION 23 09 24
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 1
SECTION 23 31 13
METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings.
2. Single-wall round ducts and fittings.
3. Oven Vents and fittings.
4. Sheet metal materials.
5. Sealants and gaskets.
6. Hangers and supports.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting,
and balancing requirements for metal ducts.
2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Casings" for factory- and field-fabricated casings for
mechanical equipment.
3. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, duct-
mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the
effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" SMACNA's "Seismic
Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems."
1. Seismic Hazard Level C: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.15.
B. Snaplock construction is not permitted for any system in this project.
C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in
ASHRAE 62.1.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the following products:
1. Seismic-restraint devices.
B. Shop Drawings:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 2
1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections,
components, and attachments to other work.
2. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings.
3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure classes.
4. Elevation of top of ducts.
5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines.
6. Fittings.
7. Reinforcement and spacing.
8. Seam and joint construction.
9. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions.
10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project.
11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and
panels.
12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, seismic
restraints, and vibration isolation.
C. Welding certificates.
D. Field quality-control reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,
"Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SINGLE-WALL DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Snaplock duct construction is not permitted for any ductwork system in this project.
C. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints,"
for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
D. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal
Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-
support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible."
E. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types
and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 3
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.2 OVEN VENTS
1. Seamless steel or stainless steel tubing with long radius elbows. Insulate with high
temperature calcium silicate – see duct insulation specification.
2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards
- Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction
methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks,
roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90.
2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
C. PVC-Coated, Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90.
2. Minimum Thickness for Factory-Applied PVC Coating: 4 mils thick on sheet metal
surface of ducts and fittings exposed to corrosive conditions, and minimum 1 mil thick on
opposite surface.
3. Coating Materials: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on ducts listed
and labeled by an NRTL for compliance with UL 181, Class 1.
D. Carbon-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for exposed
ducts.
E. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in the
"Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No. 2B,
No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article.
F. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill finish for
concealed ducts, and standard, one-side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to view.
G. Factory- or Shop-Applied Antimicrobial Coating:
1. Apply to the surface of sheet metal that will form the interior surface of the duct. An
untreated clear coating shall be applied to the exterior surface.
2. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the
EPA for use in HVAC systems.
3. Coating containing the antimicrobial compound shall have a hardness of 2H, minimum,
when tested according to ASTM D 3363.
4. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum
smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
5. Shop-Applied Coating Color: White.
6. Antimicrobial coating on sheet metal is not required for duct containing liner treated with
antimicrobial coating.
H. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black
and galvanized.
1. Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum
ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 4
I. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS
A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index
of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920.
C. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.
B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods
with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation.
C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
D. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603.
E. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.
F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.
G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible
with duct materials.
H. Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates.
2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.
3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct
system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts
and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.
Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings
and Coordination Drawings.
B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
unless otherwise indicated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 5
C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths.
D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
branch connections.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and
enclosures.
J. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed
to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal
flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2
inches.
K. Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers.
Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke
dampers.
L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign
materials. Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under
Construction," Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines."
3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK
A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged.
B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use
two-part tape sealing system.
C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When
welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds,
and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding.
D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings,
hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets.
E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these
requirements.
3.3 DUCT SEALING
A. Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible":
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 6
1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2. Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
4. Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
5. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal
Class B.
6. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg:
Seal Class A.
7. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
8. Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B.
9. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal
Class C.
10. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal
Class B.
11. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B.
12. Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5,
"Hangers and Supports."
B. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports
within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.
3.5 COMBUSTION AIR AND EXHAUST DUCT HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Support ducts used for combustion air and exhaust per ASME 31.9 – building systems piping
for air/gas ratings. Maximum spacing to be 20 feet.
B. Support ducts at changes in direction.
3.6 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION
A. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against
seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic
Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems."
B. Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and
seismic loads.
C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.
D. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators.
E. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to
structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 7
G. Drilling for and Setting Anchors:
1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for
anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling.
Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during
drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications
conduit, and gas lines.
2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full
design strength.
3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty
sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to
which anchor is to be fastened.
4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for
applications exposed to weather.
3.7 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air
Duct Accessories."
B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch,
outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
3.8 PAINTING
A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have
duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer.
Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Leakage Tests:
1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for
each test.
2. Test the following systems:
3. Ducts with a Pressure Class Higher Than 3-Inch w.g.: Test all duct sections
Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage
testing and for compliance with test requirements.
4. Test for leaks before applying external insulation.
5. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section
being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test system at maximum
system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating
pressure.
6. Give seven days' advance notice for testing.
C. Duct System Cleanliness Tests:
1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present.
2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness
according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of
HVAC Systems."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 8
a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media
shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.
D. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.10 DUCT CLEANING
A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Use service openings for entry and inspection.
1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class
if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct.
Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors.
2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.
C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97
percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles.
2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from
HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points
of entry into building.
D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply
and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive
assemblies.
3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air
wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers,
filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.
4. Coils and related components.
5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and
mechanical equipment rooms.
6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.
E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants
from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.
2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect
vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under
negative pressure.
3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without
damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner
to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated
or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 9
5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational.
Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and
straighten fins.
6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures.
7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus
is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions
after removal of surface deposits and debris.
3.11 START UP
A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC."
3.12 DUCT SCHEDULE
A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows:
1. Underground Ducts: Concrete-encased, galvanized sheet steel or stainless steel.
2. Toilet exhausts and exhausts in wet locations to be aluminum construction where
pressure class allows.
B. Supply Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch w.g.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
2. Ducts Connected to HVACAir-Handling Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive 4-inch w.g.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 3.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3.
3. Ducts Connected to Combustion Air Handling Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive 6-inch w.g. (1500 Pa).
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 3.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3.
C. Return Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, Terminal Units and Air-
Handling Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch w.g.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
D. Exhaust Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to test cell exhaust Fans Pressure Class: Negative 4-inch w.g. (1000
Pa).
a. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A if negative pressure, and A if positive pressure.
b. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 10
2. Ducts Connected to general exhaust Fans Pressure Class: Negative 1-inch w.g. (250
Pa).
a. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive
pressure.
b. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
3. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch w.g.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive pressure.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
E. Outdoor-Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Air Handling Units, and Terminal Units:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg .
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch w.g. 4-inch w.g.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 6.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3.
F. Intermediate Reinforcement:
1. Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel or carbon steel coated with zinc-chromate
primer.
2. PVC-Coated Ducts:
a. Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material.
b. Not Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material.
3. Stainless-Steel Ducts:
a. Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material.
b. Not Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material.
4. Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum.
G. Double-Wall Duct Interstitial Insulation:
1. 1-1/2 inches thick.
H. Elbow Configuration:
1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower:
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
2) Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes.
b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm:
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio.
2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes.
3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher:
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Metal Ducts
23 31 13- 11
2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes.
3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
2. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes.
c. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows."
a. Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3-1,
"Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have
proportionately fewer segments.
1) Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and three
segments for 90-degree elbow.
2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and four segments
for 90-degree elbow.
3) Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and five segments
for 90-degree elbow.
4) Radius-to Diameter Ratio: 1.5.
b. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Welded.
I. Branch Configuration:
1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection."
a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry.
b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: 45-degree entry. Round and Flat Oval:
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical
Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct.
c. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: Conical tap.
d. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: Conical tap.
e. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45-degree lateral.
END OF SECTION 23 31 13
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 1
SECTION 23 31 19
HVAC CASINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Shop-fabricated, field-assembled, single-wall and double-wall casings for HVAC
equipment.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Static-Pressure Classes:
1. Upstream from Fan(s): 2-inch w.g.
2. Downstream from Fan(s): 4-inch w.g.
B. Acoustical Performance:
1. NRC: 1.09 according to ASTM C 423.
2. STC: 40 according to ASTM E 90.
C. Structural Performance:
1. Casings shall be fabricated to withstand 133 percent of the indicated static pressure
without structural failure. Wall and roof deflection at the indicated static pressure shall
not exceed 1/8 inch per foot of width.
a. Fabricate outdoor casings to withstand wind load of 15 lbf/sq. ft. and snow load
of 30 lbf/sq. ft.
D. Seismic Performance: HVAC casings shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions
determined according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible".
1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any
parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the following products:
1. Factory-fabricated casings.
2. Liners and adhesives.
3. Sealants and gaskets.
4. Seismic-restraint devices.
B. Shop Drawings: For HVAC casings. Include plans, elevations, sections, components, and
attachments to other work.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 2
1. Detail HVAC casing assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
2. Sheet metal thickness(es).
3. Reinforcement and spacing.
4. Seam and joint construction.
5. Access doors including frames, hinges, and latches.
6. Filter, coil, humidifier, and other apparatus being installed in and mounted on casing.
7. Locations for access to internal components.
8. Hangers and supports including methods for building attachment, vibration isolation,
and casing attachment.
9. Interior lighting, including switches.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Welding certificates.
B. Product Certificates: For acoustically critical casings, from manufacturer.
1. Show sound-absorption coefficients in each octave band lower than those scheduled
when tested according to ASTM C 423.
2. Show airborne sound transmission losses lower than those scheduled when tested
according to ASTM E 90.
C. Field quality-control reports.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.
2. AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for casing joint and seam welding.
B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up."
C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1,
Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast
anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are
specified in Div. 03 "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
B. Coordinate sizes and locations of steel supports. Supports are specified in Section 05 50 00
"Metal Fabrications."
C. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 3
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL CASING FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 9, "Equipment and Casings," for acceptable
materials, material thicknesses, and casing construction methods unless otherwise indicated.
Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections.
1. Fabricate casings with more than 3-inch w.g. negative static pressure according to
SMACNA's "Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards."
2. Casings with more than 2-inch w.g. positive static pressure may be fabricated
according to SMACNA's "Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards."
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1. Exterior Surface Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.
2. Interior Surface Galvanized Coating Designation:
a. Sections Not Exposed to Moisture: G60.
b. Sections Housing and Downstream from Cooling Coil and Humidifiers: G90.
C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, Antimicrobial coating in first paragraph below
is an optional feature and usually applied only after casing fabrication. See Evaluations for
discussion on coatings.
D. Factory- or Shop-Applied Antimicrobial Coating:
1. Apply to the interior sheet metal surfaces of casing in contact with the airstream. Apply
untreated clear coating to the exterior surface.
2. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the
EPA for use in HVAC systems.
3. Coating containing the antimicrobial compound shall have a hardness of 2H minimum
when tested according to ASTM D 3363.
4. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum
smoke-developed index of 50 according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
5. Applied Coating Color: White.
E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black
and galvanized.
F. Sealing Requirement: SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"
Seal Class A. Seal all seams, joints, connections, and abutments to building.
G. Penetrations: Seal all penetrations airtight. Cover with escutcheons and gaskets, or fill with
suitable compound so there is no exposed insulation. Comply with requirements for
escutcheons specified in Section 23 05 18 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." Provide shaft
seals where fan shafts penetrate casing.
H. Access Doors: Fabricate access doors according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 9-15, "Casing Access Doors - 2-inch w.g. (500 Pa),"
and Figure 9-16, "Casing Access Doors - 3-10-inch w.g. (750-2500 Pa)"; and according to
pressure class of the plenum or casing section in which access doors are to be installed.
1. Size: 20 by 54 inches.
2. Vision Panel: Double-glazed, wire-reinforced safety glass with an airspace between
panes and sealed with interior and exterior rubber seals.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 4
3. Hinges: Piano or butt hinges and latches, number and size according to SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
4. Latches: Minimum of two wedge-lever-type latches, operable from inside and outside.
5. Neoprene gaskets around entire perimeters of door frames.
6. Doors shall open against air pressure.
I. Condensate Drain Pans: Formed sections of Type 304, stainless-steel sheet complying with
requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. Pans shall extend a minimum of 12 inches past coil.
1. Double-wall construction shall have space between walls filled with foam insulation and
sealed moisture tight.
2. Intermediate drain pan or drain trough shall collect condensate from top coil for units
with stacked coils or stacked eliminators.
3. Insulation: Polystyrene or polyurethane.
4. Slopes shall be in a minimum of two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils
(including coil piping connections and return bends), eliminators, and humidifiers when
units are operating at maximum catalogued face velocity across cooling coil.
5. Each drain pan connection shall have a trap. Drain traps with depth and height
differential between inlet and outlet equal or greater to the design static pressure plus
2-inch w.g. Include slab height in trap calculation.
2.2 SHOP-FABRICATED CASINGS
A. Single- and Double-Wall Casings: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" for sheet metal thickness based on indicated static-pressure
class unless otherwise indicated.
B. Double-Wall Casing Inner Panel: Perforated, galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch-
diameter perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for sheet metal thickness based on
indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
C. Double-Wall Casing Inner Panel: Solid sheet steel. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for sheet metal thickness based on indicated
static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
D. Interstitial Insulation: Polyurethane foam complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
E. Interstitial Insulation: Fibrous-glass liner complying with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or
NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."
1. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean
temperature.
2. Coat insulation with antimicrobial coating.
3. Cover insulation with polyester film complying with UL 181, Class 1.
F. Interstitial Insulation: Flexible-elastomeric duct liner complying with ASTM C 534, Type II for
sheet materials and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.25 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean
temperature.
G. Fabricate casings with standing seams and angle-iron reinforcements unless otherwise
indicated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 5
H. Fabricate close-off sheets from casing to dampers, filter frames, and coils and between
stacked coils. Use galvanized sheet steel of same thickness as casing and with a galvanized
coating designation of G90.
I. Bolt close-off sheets to frame flanges and housings. Support coils on stands fabricated from
galvanized-steel angles or channels.
J. Reinforce casings with galvanized-steel angles.
2.3 MANUFACTURED CASINGS
A. Description: Double-wall, insulated, pressurized equipment casing.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Industrial Acoustics Corp.
2. Industrial Noise Control, Inc.
3. McGill AirSilence LLC.
4. SEMCO Incorporated.
5. Vibro-Acoustics.
C. Double-Wall Panel Fabrication: Solid, galvanized sheet steel exterior wall and solid,
galvanized sheet steel interior wall; with space between wall filled with insulation.
1. Wall Thickness: 2 inches.
2. Fabricate with a minimum number of joints.
3. Weld exterior and interior walls to perimeter; to interior, longitudinal, galvanized-steel
channels; and to box-end internal closures. Paint welds.
4. Sheet metal thickness shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" for static-pressure class indicated for casing.
5. Sheet Metal Thicknesses:
a. Exterior Wall Thickness: 0.040 inch minimum.
b. Interior Wall Thickness: 0.034 inch minimum.
6. Double-Wall Casing Inner Panel: Perforated, galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch-
diameter perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent.
7. Double-Wall Casing Inner Panel: Solid sheet steel.
8. Fill each panel assembly with insulating material that is noncombustible, inert, mildew
resistant and vermin proof and that complies with NFPA 90A.
9. Fabricate panels with continuous tongue-and-groove or self-locking joints effective
inside and outside each panel.
D. Trim Items: Fabricate from a minimum of 0.052-inch galvanized sheet steel, furnished in
standard lengths for field cutting.
2.4 CASING LINER
A. Fibrous-Glass Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B and with
NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."
1. Maximum Thermal Conductivity:
a. Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature.
b. Type II, Rigid: 0.23 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature.
2. Antimicrobial Erosion-Resistant Coating: Apply to surface of the liner that will form the
interior surface of casing to act as a moisture repellent and an erosion-resistant
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 6
coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and
registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems.
3. Solvent -Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with
ASTM C 916.
a. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. Flexible-Elastomeric Casing Liner: Preformed, cellular, closed-cell, sheet materials
complying with ASTM C 534, Type II, Grade 1, and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum
smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
2. Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with
NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
a. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
C. Natural-Fiber Casing Liner: 85 percent cotton, 10 percent borate, and 5 percent polybinding
fibers, treated with a microbial growth inhibitor, and complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: [0.24 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F] at 75 deg F mean
temperature when tested according to ASTM C 518.
2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum
smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
3. Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with
NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
a. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
D. Shop or Factory Application of Casing Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation."
1. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of casing liner with at least 90 percent
adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with
multiple layers of casing liner is prohibited.
2. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal
nosing.
3. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive.
4. Fold and compress liner in corners of casings or cut and fit to ensure butted-edge
overlapping.
5. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in casings with air velocity of 2500 fpm.
6. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not
exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals
not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.
7. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that
have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from casing wall. Fabricate
edge facings at the following locations:
a. Fan discharges.
b. Intervals of lined casing preceding unlined duct.
c. Upstream edges of transverse joints in casings where air velocities are higher than
2500 fpm or where indicated.
8. Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner wall of same thickness as
specified for outer wall. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner wall at uniform
distance from outer wall without compressing insulation.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 7
2.5 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed
index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine concrete bases roof curbs and steel supports for compliance with requirements for
conditions affecting installation and performance of HVAC casings.
B. Examine casing insulation materials and liners before installation. Reject casings that are
wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install casings according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
B. Equipment Mounting:
1. Install HVAC casings on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with
requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Div. 03 "Cast-in-Place
Concrete."
2. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified
in Section 23 05 48 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."
3. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in
Section 23 05 48.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC."
C. Apply sealant to joints, connections, and mountings.
D. Field-cut openings for pipe and conduit penetrations; insulate and seal according to
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
E. Support casings on floor or foundation system. Secure and seal to base.
F. Support components rigidly with ties, braces, brackets, and anchors of types that will
maintain housing shape and prevent buckling.
G. Align casings accurately at connections, with 1/8-inch misalignment tolerance and with
smooth interior surfaces.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Comply with requirements for cleaning in Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. HVAC Casings
23 31 19- 8
END OF SECTION 23 31 19
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 1
SECTION 23 33 00
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Laboratory air valves
2. Backdraft and pressure relief dampers.
3. Manual volume dampers.
4. Control dampers.
5. Fire dampers.
6. Smoke dampers.
7. Combination fire and smoke dampers.
8. Turning vanes.
9. Duct-mounted access doors.
10. Flexible connectors.
11. Flexible ducts.
12. Filter Housings
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Gravity Ventilators" for roof-mounted ventilator caps.
2. Division 28 Section "Fire Detection and Alarm" for duct-mounted fire and smoke
detectors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include
breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings.
B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and
attachments to other work.
1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction.
Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field
assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following:
a. Special fittings.
b. Manual volume damper installations.
c. Control damper installations.
d. Fire-damper, smoke-damper, combination fire- and smoke-damper, ceiling, and
corridor damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors
and remote damper operators.
e. Duct security bars.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 2
f. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling-mounted
access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and
coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and
maintenance manuals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with
NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise
indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.
2. Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized.
C. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14; with mill finish for
concealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts.
D. Extruded Aluminum: Comply with ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6.
E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on
galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.
F. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.2 LABORATORY AIR VALVES
A. The airflow control device shall be a venturi valve.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. PRICE.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 3
2. PHOENIX
3. SIEMENS
4. CRITICAL ROOM CONTROL
C. The airflow control device shall be pressure independent over its specified differential static
pressure operating range. An integral pressure independent assembly shall respond and
maintain specific airflow within one second of a change in duct static pressure irrespective of
the magnitude of pressure and/or flow change or quantity of airflow controllers on a manifolded
system.
D. The airflow control device shall maintain accuracy within ±8% of signal over an airflow turndown
range of no less than 7 to 1 (low pressure all valve sizes).
E. No minimum entrance or exit duct diameters shall be required to ensure accuracy and/or
pressure independence.
F. The airflow control device shall be constructed of the following type:
1. Class B—The airflow control device for corrosive airstreams, such as fume hoods and
biosafety cabinets, shall have a baked-on, corrosion-resistant phenolic coating.
2. All components in contact with air stream shall be stainless construction.
3. Shaft shall have Teflon coating.
G. Actuation
1. Electronic actuator shall be factory mounted to the valve. Loss of main power shall cause
the valve to position itself in an appropriate failsafe state. Options for these failsafe states
include: normally open-maximum position, normally closed-minimum position and last
position.
2. The controller for the airflow control devices shall be microprocessor based. The room-
level airflow control devices shall function as a standalone network.
3. The room-level control network shall utilize a LonTalk or BACNet communications
protocol
H. Certification
1. Each airflow control device shall be factory characterized to the job specific airflows as
detailed on the plans and specifications using NIST traceable air stations and
instrumentation having a combined accuracy of no more than ±1% of signal (5,000 to
250cfm), ±2% of signal (249 to 100cfm) and ±3% of signal (199 to 35cfm). Electronic
airflow control devices shall be further characterized and their accuracy verified to ±5% of
signal at a minimum of 48 different airflows across the full operating range of the device.
2. Each airflow control device shall be marked with device-specific factory characterization
data. At a minimum, it should include the room number, tag number, serial number,
model number, eight-point characterization information (for electronic devices), date of
manufacture and quality control inspection numbers.
2.3 HVAC DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc.
2. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc.
3. Greenheck Fan Corporation.
4. Nailor Industries Inc.
5. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 4
6. Ruskin Company.
7. SEMCO Incorporated.
2.4 BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS
A. Description: Gravity balanced.
B. Maximum Air Velocity: 3000 fpm.
C. Maximum System Pressure: 6-inch w.g.
D. Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, center-pivoted, maximum 6-inch width, 0.050-inch- thick
aluminum sheet with sealed edges.
E. Blade Action: Parallel.
F. Blade SealsNeoprene, mechanically locked.
G. Blade Axles:
1. Material: Stainless steel
2. Diameter: 0.20 inch
3. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum.
H. Return Spring: Adjustable tension.
I. Bearings: Steel ball or synthetic pivot bushings.
J. Accessories:
1. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure.
2. Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations.
3. Electric actuators.
4. Chain pulls.
5. Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve.
a. Sleeve Thickness: 20-gage minimum.
b. Sleeve Length: 6 inches minimum.
6. Screen Mounting: Rear mounted.
7. Screen Material: Aluminum.
8. Screen Type: Bird type for exterior applications only.
9. 90-degree stops.
2.5 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS
A. Standard, Manual Volume Dampers:
1. Standard leakage rating.
2. Low-leakage rating and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance
and air leakage where required.
3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.
4. Frames:
a. Hat-shaped, galvanized -steel channels, 0.064-inch minimum thickness.
b. Mitered and welded corners.
c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts.
5. Blades:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 5
a. Multiple or single blade.
b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design.
c. Stiffen damper blades for stability.
d. Galvanized -steel, 0.064 inch thick.
6. Blade Axles: Nonferrous metal.
7. Bearings:
a. Oil-impregnated bronze.
b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch w.g. or less shall have axles full
length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft.
8. Blade Seals: Neoprene – on low leakage dampers.
9. Jamb Seals: Cambered stainless steel – on low leakage dampers.
a.
10. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
B. Jackshaft:
1. Size: 1-inch diameter.
2. Material: Galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly mounted on
supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies.
3. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in
multiple-damper assembly.
C. Damper Hardware:
1. Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick zinc-plated steel,
and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut.
2. Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size.
3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.
2.6 FIRE DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
2. Greenheck Fan Corporation.
3. McGill AirFlow LLC.
4. METALAIRE, Inc.
5. Nailor Industries Inc.
6. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc.
7. Ruskin Company.
B. Type: Static and dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL.
C. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch w.g. static pressure class and minimum 4000-fpm velocity.
D. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours.
E. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream except when located behind grille where
blades may be inside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch- thick galvanized steel;
with mitered and interlocking corners.
F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel.
1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch thick, as indicated, and of length to suit
application.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 6
2. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper-frame width permits direct attachment of
perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must
comply with sleeve requirements.
G. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.
H. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of
interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized-steel blade connectors.
I. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring.
J. Heat-Responsive Device: Electric resettable link and switch package, factory installed, 165
deg F and 212 deg F rated.
2.7 SMOKE DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
2. Greenheck Fan Corporation.
3. Nailor Industries Inc.
4. Ruskin Company.
B. General Requirements: Label according to UL 555S by an NRTL.
C. Smoke Detector: Integral, factory wired for single-point connection.
D. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream (Type ‘B’); fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-
inch- thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners.
E. Blades: Roll-formed, horizontal, interlocking, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place
of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized-steel blade connectors.
F. Leakage: Class II.
G. Rated pressure and velocity to exceed design airflow conditions.
H. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, 0.052-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall
or floor application.
I. Damper Motors: two-position action.
J. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and
efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor
Requirements for HVAC Equipment."
1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load
will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.
2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical
devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections.
3. Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear
trains.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 7
4. Spring-Return Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism where indicated.
Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing designed for service or
adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating
of 150 in. x lbf.
5. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outdoor-Air Intakes: Equip with O-ring gaskets designed
to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with internal heaters to permit normal
operation at minus 40 deg F.
6. Nonspring-Return Motors: For dampers larger than 25 sq. ft., size motor for running
torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating of 300 in. x lbf.
7. Electrical Connection: 115 V, single phase, 60 Hz.
K. Accessories:
1. Auxiliary switches for signaling or position indication.
2. Test and reset switches, remote mounted.
2.8 TURNING VANES
A. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support
with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting.
1. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated
faces and fibrous-glass fill.
B. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
C. Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to 48 inches wide and double wall for larger
dimensions.
2.9 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS
A. Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 7-2, "Duct Access Doors and Panels,"
and 7-3, "Access Doors - Round Duct."
1. Door:
a. Double wall, rectangular.
b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct
pressure class.
c. Vision panel.
d. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches.
e. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.
3. Number of Hinges and Locks:
a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash locks.
b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks.
c. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression
latches with outside and inside handles.
d. Access Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches: Four hinges and two compression
latches with outside and inside handles.
B. Pressure Relief Access Door:
1. Door and Frame Material: Galvanized sheet steel.
2. Door: Double wall with insulation fill with metal thickness applicable for duct pressure
class.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 8
3. Operation: Open outward for positive-pressure ducts and inward for negative-pressure
ducts.
4. Factory set at 10-inch w.g.
5. Doors close when pressures are within set-point range.
6. Hinge: Continuous piano.
7. Latches: Cam.
8. Seal: Neoprene or foam rubber.
9. Insulation Fill: 1-inch- thick, fibrous-glass or polystyrene-foam board.
2.10 DUCT ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES
A. Labeled according to UL 1978 by an NRTL.
B. Panel and Frame: Minimum thickness 0.0428-inch stainless steel.
C. Fasteners: Stainless steel. Panel fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall.
D. Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96; grease-tight, high-temperature ceramic fiber, rated for minimum
2000 deg F.
E. Minimum Pressure Rating: 10-inch w.g., positive or negative.
2.11 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics.
B. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.
C. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to 2
strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch- thick
aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts.
D. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene.
1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd..
2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling.
3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
E. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof,
synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone.
1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd..
2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the filling.
3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F.
F. High-Temperature System, Flexible Connectors: Glass fabric coated with silicone rubber.
1. Minimum Weight: 16 oz./sq. yd.
2. Tensile Strength: 285 lbf/inch in the warp and 185 lbf/inch in the filling.
3. Service Temperature: Minus 67 to plus 500 deg F.
G. High-Corrosive-Environment System, Flexible Connectors: Glass fabric with chemical-resistant
coating.
1. Minimum Weight: 14 oz./sq. yd..
2. Tensile Strength: 450 lbf/inch in the warp and 340 lbf/inch in the filling.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 9
3. Service Temperature: Minus 67 to plus 500 deg F.
H. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in
compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan
discharge and duct.
1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of
30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency.
2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at
start and stop.
2.12 FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring-
steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; polyethylene vapor-barrier film.
1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch w.g. positive and 1.0-inch w.g. negative.
2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm.
3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F.
B. Flexible Duct Connectors:
1. Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a
worm-gear action in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size.
2.13 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE
A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap
and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to
suit duct-insulation thickness.
B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline
and grease.
2.14 DUCT MOUNTED FILTER HOUSINGS
A. Duct Mounted Filter Housings: Vee-Bank style, constructed from galvanized steel sheet and
angles, braced to withstand -10 INWC without damage to the filters or housing.
B. Access Doors: side mounted for filter access. Provide with hardware and hinged to withstand
pressure rating.
C. Filters: MERV 11 rating, 24” L x 24” W x 4” deep.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct
Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts.
B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories
in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts,
and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.
C. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches
extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install
dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat
channel.
1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts.
2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts.
D. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
E. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated.
F. Install fire and smoke dampers according to UL listing.
G. Install duct security bars. Construct duct security bars from 0.164-inch steel sleeve,
continuously welded at all joints and 1/2-inch- diameter steel bars, 6 inches o.c. in each
direction in center of sleeve. Weld each bar to steel sleeve and each crossing bar. Weld 2-1/2-
by-2-1/2-by-1/4-inch steel angle to 4 sides and both ends of sleeve. Connect duct security bars
to ducts with flexible connections. Provide 12-by-12-inch hinged access panel with cam lock in
duct in each side of sleeve.
H. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining
accessories and equipment at the following locations:
1. On both sides of duct coils.
2. Upstream from duct filters.
3. At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums.
4. At drain pans and seals.
5. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and
equipment.
6. Adjacent to and close enough to fire or smoke dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links.
Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having fusible links shall be pressure
relief access doors and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream
from dampers and inward operation for access doors installed downstream from
dampers.
7. Control devices requiring inspection.
8. Elsewhere as indicated.
I. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure.
J. Access Door Sizes:
1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches.
2. Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Duct Accessories
23 33 00- 11
3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches.
4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches.
5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches.
6. Body plus Ladder Access: .
K. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door.
L. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment.
M. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch w.g. and more, cover flexible connectors with
loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps.
N. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with maximum 12-inch lengths of flexible duct. Do not
use flexible ducts to change directions.
O. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts with maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct
clamped or strapped in place.
P. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands.
Q. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes.
R. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust
limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and
stop of fans.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement.
2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be
performed.
3. Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of
movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed.
4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation.
5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and
damper.
END OF SECTION 23 33 00
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Terminal Units
23 36 00- 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Shutoff, single-duct air terminal units.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the following products, including rated capacities, furnished
specialties, sound-power ratings, and accessories.
1. Air terminal units.
2. Liners and adhesives.
3. Sealants and gaskets.
B. Shop Drawings: For air terminal units. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
attachments to other work.
1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
3. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and
vibration isolation.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items
are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved:
1. Ceiling suspension assembly members.
2. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustic tile.
3. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers,
access panels, and special moldings.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air terminal units to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 01 78 23 "Operation and
Maintenance Data," include the following:
1. Instructions for resetting minimum and maximum air volumes.
2. Instructions for adjusting software set points.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Terminal Units
23 36 00- 2
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads
and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" .
2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
2.3 SHUTOFF, SINGLE-DUCT AIR TERMINAL UNITS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following :
1. Anemostat Products; a Mestek Company.
2. Environmental Technologies, Inc.
3. METALAIRE, Inc.
4. Price Industries.
5. Titus.
6. Trane; a business of American Standard Companies.
7. Carrier
B. Configuration: Volume-damper assembly inside unit casing with control components inside a
protective metal shroud.
C. Casing: 0.034-inch steel , single wall.
1. Casing Lining: Adhesive attached, 1-inch- thick, polyurethane foam insulation
complying with UL 181 erosion requirements, and having a maximum flame-spread
index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50, for both insulation and
adhesive, when tested according to ASTM E 84.
2. Air Inlet: Round stub connection or S-slip and drive connections for duct attachment.
3. Air Outlet: S-slip and drive connections.
4. Access: Removable panels for access to parts requiring service, adjustment, or
maintenance; with airtight gasket.
5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with
requirements in ASHRAE 62.1.
D. Volume Damper: Galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and self-lubricating bearings.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Terminal Units
23 36 00- 3
1. Maximum Damper Leakage: ARI 880 rated, 2 percent of nominal airflow at 3-inch wg
inlet static pressure.
2. Damper Position: Normally open .
E. Hydronic Coils: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than
0.1 inch, and rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig and a maximum entering-
water temperature of 220 deg F. Include manual air vent and drain valve. Minimum of 2
rows.
F. Multipoint velocity sensor at air inlet, factory calibrated to minimum and maximum air volumes
G. Direct Digital Controls: Bidirectional damper operators and microprocessor-based controller
and room sensor provided by Temperature Control Contractor for factory or field installation.
Temperature controls specified in Section 23 09 23 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) for HVAC.”
1. Terminal Unit Controller: Pressure-independent, variable-air-volume controller with
electronic airflow transducer with multipoint velocity sensor at air inlet, factory
calibrated to minimum and maximum air volumes, and having the following features:
2.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.
B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized
rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation.
C. Steel Cables: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603 .
D. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.
E. Air Terminal Unit Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal
screws; compatible with duct materials.
F. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes and plates for units with steel casings; aluminum
for units with aluminum casings.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Tests: Test assembled air terminal units according to ARI 880.
1. Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, maximum and minimum
factory-set airflows, coil type, and ARI certification seal.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Terminal Units
23 36 00- 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install air terminal units according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air
Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
B. Install air terminal units level and plumb. Maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and
maintenance.
3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"
Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports."
B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel
fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely
cured.
3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes and
for slabs more than 4 inches thick.
4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes
and for slabs less than 4 inches thick.
C. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
D. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out,
tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where
used.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect ducts to air terminal units according to Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts."
B. Make connections to air terminal units with flexible connectors complying with requirements
in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories."
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, and maximum and minimum
factory-set airflows. Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment" for equipment labels and warning signs and labels.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Air Terminal Units
23 36 00- 5
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections,
and to assist in testing.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. After installing air terminal units and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test
for compliance with requirements.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls
and equipment.
C. Air terminal unit will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.6 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Perform startup service.
1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. Verify that inlet duct connections are as recommended by air terminal unit
manufacturer to achieve proper performance.
3. Verify that controls and control enclosure are accessible.
4. Verify that control connections are complete.
5. Verify that nameplate and identification tag are visible.
6. Verify that controls respond to inputs as specified.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air terminal units.
END OF SECTION 23 36 00
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
23 37 13- 1
SECTION 23 37 13
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers.
2. Louver face diffusers.
3. Adjustable bar grilles.
4. Fixed face registers and grilles.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 08 Section "Louvers and Vents" for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents,
whether or not they are connected to ducts.
2. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume-
control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following:
1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and
performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.
2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location,
quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
B. Source quality-control reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CEILING DIFFUSERS
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company.
b. METALAIRE, Inc.
c. Nailor Industries Inc.
d. Price Industries.
e. Titus.
f. Tuttle & Bailey.
B. Rectangular and Square Ceiling Diffusers:
1. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
23 37 13- 2
2. Material: Steel.
3. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
4. Face Size: 24 by 24 inches.
5. Face Style: Plaque.
6. Mounting: T-bar.
7. Pattern: Fixed.
C. Louver Face Diffuser:
1. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows.
2. Material: Steel.
3. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
4. Face Size: As scheduled.
5. Mounting: Surface.
6. Pattern: Adjustable core style.
2.2 REGISTERS AND GRILLES
A. Adjustable Bar Register:
1. Material: Steel.
2. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
3. Face Blade Arrangement: Horizontal spaced apart.
4. Core Construction: Integral.
5. Rear-Blade Arrangement: Vertical spaced apart.
6. Frame: 1-1/4 inches wide.
7. Mounting: Countersunk screw.
B. Fixed Face Grille:
1. Material: Steel.
2. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
3. Face Arrangement: 1/2-by-1/2-by-1/2-inch grid core.
4. Core Construction: Integral.
5. Frame: 1-1/4 inches wide.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70,
"Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
equipment.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
23 37 13- 3
B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings,
and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design
requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final
locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels,
locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with
installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location.
C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and
maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed,
before starting air balancing.
END OF SECTION 23 37 13
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 1
SECTION 26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, front end specifications, and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Definitions.
2. General electrical requirements.
3. Electrical coordination and installation.
4. Temporary electricity.
5. Submittals.
6. Delivery, storage, and handling.
7. Cutting, patching, damage, and mutilation.
8. System startup.
9. Warranty.
10. Firestopping.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Furnish: Supply but do not install the specific item, component, equipment, system, etc.
B. Install: Place in position, make connections and adjust for use of the specific item, component,
equipment, system, etc.
C. Provide: Furnish and install the specific item, component, equipment, system, etc.
D. Equipment: A general term, including material, fittings, devices, appliances, luminaires,
apparatus, machinery, etc. used as part of or in the connection with an electrical installation, per
NEC.
E. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces, immediately below roof, space above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
F. Concealed, Inaccessible, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from
physical contact by building occupants. Rendered inaccessible by the structure of finish of the
building, per NEC. Examples include above hard ceilings and in chases not behind an access
panel.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 2
G. Concealed, Accessible, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical
contact by building occupants. Accessible via the structure of the finish of the building, per
NEC. Examples include above lay-in ceilings and behind access panels in chases.
H. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors, and accessible Examples include
mechanical equipment rooms.
I. Rough-In: Suitable raceway terminated at each end in a suitable box or with a bushing and
containing a pull string.
J. Work: Labor, installation, materials, equipment, systems, etc. required to complete a portion of
the project scope.
K. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code - NEC): Currently adopted NFPA 70 code with all
amendments as adopted by the state or local authority having jurisdiction.
1.4 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all required labor, material, equipment, and Contractor’s services necessary to
complete the electrical installation required in full conformity with the Contract Documents and
as required to meet all current codes and ordinances including all requirements of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act latest edition.
B. This Contractor shall review the complete set of drawings and specifications and include work
from other divisions that affect his work.
C. Perform all work to conform to or exceed the minimum requirements of the current edition of the
National Electrical Code, NECA and all federal, state, local and municipal codes and
ordinances. Work shown on the drawings or in the specifications that exceed the minimum
requirements of the NFPA 70 or other regulations shall be installed as indicated. Comply with
the directions of all properly appointed authorities having jurisdiction.
D. OSHA: Contractor, Sub-Contractor, and all those working at the job site shall adhere to all
requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act latest edition.
E. Drawings are diagrammatical in nature and do not show every required miscellaneous detail,
support, fitting, etc. Drawings shall not be scaled for purposes of equipment installation. All
measurements shall be verified to ensure equipment, raceways, devices, luminaires, etc. are
installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Furnish and install all materials required for a
complete and operational electrical system. Coordinate with architectural drawing for final
location for furniture connections.
F. Obtain all permits, licenses, certificates and pay for all fees necessary to complete the electrical
installation unless otherwise noted in the front end specifications or Division 01.
G. Field verify all conditions and dimensions as they pertain to the intent of the drawings and
specifications. Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Engineer any discrepancies
discovered prior to the commencement of any work affected by or related to such discrepancy.
Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with or caused by that contractor's
failure to comply with this requirement.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 3
H. Provide all disconnects, starters, outlets, receptacles, wiring, raceway, pathways, etc. required
to properly connect all equipment indicated in the Construction Documents to be furnished and
installed by other Trades and/or by the Owner, or furnished by other Trades and/or the Owner
for installation by this Contractor. Verify all requirements with approved submittals prior to
rough-in and installation.
I. Rough-in requirements for all equipment to be connected may not be shown on the drawings.
Contractor shall verify all electrical requirements with the other Trades and/or the Owner
furnishing the equipment, and with the manufacturer of the equipment.
J. The Engineer reserves the right to make changes of the locations of all receptacles, switches,
equipment, etc. up to the time of rough-in or setting of equipment without additional cost to the
project.
K. Field verify exact location of electrical equipment including lighting fixtures, fire alarm devices,
security system devices, receptacles, etc. in rooms containing exposed ductwork, piping, etc.
and rearrange as required by the Engineer.
L. All materials shall be new and shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labeled conforming to
NEMA Standards and all applicable codes unless otherwise noted.
M. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products with not less
than three years of documented experience.
N. Workmanship: As a minimum requirement, NECA ”Good Workmanship in Electrical
Construction” shall be followed along with any additional requirements as described in the
specifications and on the drawings.
O. To help prevent sound transmission from one space to another, do not install recessed
equipment and devices back to back in the same wall.
P. Provide all cutting, patching, and replacement of materials for electrical work in accordance with
all appropriate Divisions of Specifications.
Q. Paint surface mounted or otherwise exposed conduit, raceway, boxes and other unfinished
electrical materials in finished spaces. Paint to match surfaces to which they are attached to or
color as selected by Architect.
R. All finish painting shall be in accordance with and provided under Division 09 and paid for by
this Contractor.
S. Provide access panels and doors for electrical items that are required to remain accessible that
are installed in non-accessible spaces. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08.”
T. Contractor shall examine architectural drawings to verify wall thickness for proper recessing
depth for all flush installed equipment, devices, etc. Any instance of inadequate depth shall be
brought to the attention of the architect and engineer prior to Bids or provided for by this
contractor.
U. Copies of Documents at Project Site: Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced
document that prescribes execution requirements (drawings, specifications, submittals,
addendums, etc.).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 4
1.5 VERIFICATION
A. Contractor shall visit the project site to verify existing conditions relative to the project scope.
B. Work shown on the drawings as "existing" is assumed to be in place and suitable for
modifications and additions as indicated on the drawings. This contractor shall field verify these
items prior to installation and shall make all necessary provisions required for proper installation
as required by the drawings and specifications. Contractor shall submit questions in reference
to existing conditions in writing to the architect/engineer.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall coordinate with all other Trades to assure proper timing and installation of
materials and equipment to meet the sequence of construction. Contractor shall also
coordinate with other trades to ensure installation is within intended space requirements, meets
code requirements, and does not result in any conflicts. Minor field installation deviations from
the drawings are acceptable to ensure proper installation and that all code requirements are
met.
B. Before performing any work, review the drawings and confirm that the electrical work does not
interfere with clearance required for beams, foundations, columns, pilasters, partitions,
ductwork, plumbing, fire protection, etc. Where interferences develop after installation of
equipment, this contractor shall make changes requested by the Engineer as required to
provide proper clearances at the expense of this Contractor.
C. All interruptions of a system or a service shut-down of any duration shall be approved by the
Owner and Engineer in writing not less than seven (7) days in advance of the interruption or
shut-down. Submit duration and nature of an interruption or shut-down at time of request.
D. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment:
1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce
headroom are indicated.
2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other
installations.
3. To allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
4. To allow raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, busways, etc. to be clear of
obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment.
E. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished
surfaces concealed in locations that will remain inaccessible in the future.
F. For equipment requiring connections by other trades; provide approved submittals to the
appropriate trade. Approved submittals are to include all information required by the other trade.
G. Coordinate all training sessions with the Owner and Engineer. All training sessions shall be
performed and scheduled at the Owner’s convenience. Quantity of training sessions and length
of each session shall be as specified in the technical specification sections.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 5
1.7 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. Provide temporary power and lighting for the progression of work by all Trades as required by
Division 01.
1.8 SERVICE CONTINUITY
A. Continuity:
1. Service continuity to existing equipment shall be addressed in the following manner:
a. Maintain service continuity to all existing loads that are to remain by modifying
and/or extending conduit and wiring as required. Field verification of existing
conduit runs and circuitry is to be done as required. This is applicable to
receptacles, overhead power drops, disconnects, lighting, and mechanical
equipment.
1.9 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Division 01 Shop Drawings, for submittal procedures.
B. Provide submittals for products in Division 26, 27, and 28.
C. Shop drawing submittals shall comply with the following:
1. Organize each submittal by specification section and it shall include all manufactured
items.
2. Include wiring diagrams, riser diagrams, etc. showing the quantity and types of cables,
raceway required for systems such as Lighting Control, Sound Systems, Access Control,
etc. Drawings will be returned for completion if the locations and routing of the devices
and cables are not shown. Delays in the construction schedules due to incomplete
drawings shall be the responsibility of this Contractor.
D. Submit record drawings in accordance with Division 01
E. Where new electrical equipment, devices, cabling, etc. specified or noted on the drawings are
obsolete, provide replacements that meet or exceed all options and accessories necessary for
its function. Submit replacement for approval.
F. Contractor shall verify recessed depths for luminaires against catalog reference material prior to
providing submittals for review.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle all material and equipment in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendation unless specifically otherwise noted.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 6
B. Store all materials and equipment off-site unless approved by the Engineer. Materials and
equipment stored on-site shall be stored in a climate controlled indoor space and so as not to
interfere with construction or facilities in use by Owner.
C. Damaged material and equipment shall not be furnished or installed.
1.11 CUTTING, PATCHING, DAMAGE, AND MUTILATION
A. The General Contractor is responsible for all cutting and patching indicated on the Architectural
Drawings related to installation or removal of work by the Electrical Contractor. All required
cutting and patching may not be shown. Any additional cutting and patching required for
electrical work, which is not indicated on the Architectural Drawings, is the responsibility of the
Electrical Contractor.
B. Properly patch and repair cuts made into or penetration made through fire rated walls, floors,
and ceilings to maintain their proper fire rating.
C. Roof openings required by this Contractor that are not shown on the Architectural or Structural
Drawings shall be provided by the Division 07 Contractor and paid for by this Contractor.
D. All undue or untimely damage or mutilation of masonry, plaster and other finished surfaces
around conduit, equipment, etc., created by this Contractor shall be repaired by the proper
Contractor and paid for by this Contractor.
E. This Contractor shall be responsible for damage to or mutilation of the work of the other
Contractors or to the building and its contents caused by equipment installed or work performed
by this Contractor.
F. The finish of any item that has been marred, scratched or damaged in any way by this
Contractor shall be repaired and repainted at the expense of this Contractor, and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
1.12 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All electrical systems shall be designed and specified as “fully-rated” systems. “Series-rated”
systems are not acceptable.
1.13 SYSTEM START-UP
A. Perform tests on all systems and each piece of equipment as required by applicable codes
and/or as specified.
B. Clean all equipment of construction debris and dust prior to demonstration to Owner.
C. All work shall include start-up of all systems, demonstrating each system to the Owner, and
training the Owner in the proper operation of each system. Furnish operational and
maintenance instructions.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 7
1.14 WARRANTY
A. In addition to the warranty required under the provisions of front end, Division 0 and 1
specifications, provide additional warranty for work and materials for the time periods indicated
under individual Sections of the Specifications or for a duration of one (1) year from the date of
final acceptance by the owner or substantial completion, whichever is longer. Manufacturer
product Warranties and Guaranties that exceed the minimum requirements of the Contract
Documents shall be adhered to.
B. Contractor shall correct, repair, and/or replace any deficiencies of any part of the installation to
the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer for the duration of the warranty/guarantee period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to top of unit for
wall-mounted items.
C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange
and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with
the project documents.
D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components
of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to
facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.
3.2 FIRESTOPPING
A. Provide firestopping to raceway and cable penetrations of fire-rated floor, ceilings, partitions and
wall assemblies for electrical installations to maintain fire-resistance rating of assembly.
Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07.
B. Provide firestopping to raceway and cable penetrations of fire-rated floor, ceilings, partitions and wall
assemblies for electrical installations to maintain fire-resistance rating of assembly. Fire stopping
material will be as follow:
1. Use only firestop products that have been UL 1479 or ASTM E 814 tested for specific
fire-rated construction conditions conforming to construction assembly type, penetrating
item type, annular space requirements, and fire-rating involved for each separate
instance.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 00- 8
2. Pre-installed firestop devices for use with noncombustible and combustible pipes (closed
and open systems), conduit, and/or cable bundles penetrating concrete floors and/or
gypsum walls, the following products are acceptable:
a. Hilti Cast-In Place Firestop Device (CP 680-P) or equal for use with combustible
penetrants.
b. Hilti Cast-In Place Firestop Device (CP 680-M) or equal for use with
noncombustible penetrants.
c. Hilti Firestop Speed Sleeve (CP 653) or equal for use with cable penetrations.
d. Hilti Firestop Drop-In Device (CFS-DID) or equal for use with noncombustible
and combustible penetrants.
3. Sealants, foams or caulking materials for use with non-combustible items including rigid
steel conduit (GRC, IMC) and electrical metallic tubing (EMT), the following products are
acceptable:
a. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE) or equal.
b. Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620) or equal.
c. Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606) or equal.
4. Intumescent sealants, caulking materials for use with combustible items (penetrants
consumed by high heat and flame) including PVC jacketed, flexible cable or cable
bundles, and plastic pipe, the following products are acceptable:
a. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE) or equal.
5. Foams, intumescent sealants, or caulking materials for use with flexible cable or cable
bundles, the following products are acceptable:
a. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE) or equal.
b. Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620) or equal.
c. Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606) or equal.
6. Non curing, re-penetrable intumescent putty or foam materials for use with flexible cable
or cable bundles, the following products are acceptable:
a. Hilti Firestop Putty Stick (CP 618) or equal.
b. Hilti Firestop Plug (CFS-PL) or equal.
7. Wall opening protective materials for use with U.L. listed metallic and specified
nonmetallic outlet boxes, the following products are acceptable:
a. Hilti Firestop Putty Pad (CP 617) or equal.
b. Hilti Firestop Box Insert or equal.
END OF SECTION 26 05 00
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Electrical Demolition
26 05 10- 1
SECTION 26 05 10
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation, historical documents, and/or
information from the owner. Contractor shall verify all information.
D. Report discrepancies to Engineer before disturbing existing installation.
E. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
F. The electrical contractor shall visit the job site prior to bidding and establish the condition of the
existing conduit and cable support system(s).
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate utility service outages with the Project Manager and Building Owner.
B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during
construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits use personnel
experienced in such operations.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Electrical Demolition
26 05 10- 2
C. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete
and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Minimize
outage duration.
1. Obtain permission from Building Owner at least 7 calendar days before partially or
completely disabling system.
D. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make
switchovers and connections. Minimize outage duration.
1. Notify Building Owner before partially or completely disabling system.
2. Notify local fire service.
3. Make notifications at least 7 calendar days in advance.
4. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
3.3 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. The Owner has first right of refusal of all equipment removed, including lighting fixtures, motors,
starters, etc.
B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
C. When removing electrical devices and connections, remove conductors, boxes, conduit, etc to
source of supply, panel of origin, or to the nearest junction box containing circuits and
conductors that are to remain.
D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling
finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and below finished floor, and patch surfaces.
E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit
servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are
not removed.
F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has
been removed.
G. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires.
H. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
I. Maintain access to existing electrical installations and junction boxes that become inaccessible
for any reason, which are to remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as
appropriate.
J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods to match existing installation unless
otherwise specified.
K. Service continuity shall be maintained to all existing loads that are to remain by modifying
and/or extending conduit and wiring as required. Field verification of existing conduit runs and
circuitry shall be done as required. This is applicable to receptacles, overhead power drops,
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Electrical Demolition
26 05 10- 3
disconnects, lighting, wiring to mechanical equipment, wiring to lab equipment, wiring to
overhead doors, wiring to plumbing water coolers, etc.
L. Through the Floor Conduit Removal:
1. When removing existing conduit cut off conduits below finished floor and patch opening.
M. During demolition if, after a ceiling has been removed or below an open floor deck, it is
discovered that all or some of the existing conduit and open cabling was supported by the
ceiling, from the ceiling support system, from other conduits, or other non NEC approved
methods (and not independently from the structure as required by the current NEC) the conduit
and cabling in question shall be re-supported as required. The Electrical Contractor shall visit
the job site prior to bidding and establish the condition of the existing conduit and cable support
system(s).
3.4 REMOVAL OF COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS:
A. Abandoned fire alarm cables within the project area shall be removed back to source.
3.5 CLEANING AND REPAIR
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or that are to be reused.
B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Provide
closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting
arrangement.
C. Replace all panelboard covers not presently installed.
END OF SECTION 26 05 10
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 1
SECTION 26 05 19
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Copper building wire rated 600 V or less.
2. Metal-clad cable, Type MC, rated 600 V or less.
3. Tray cable, Type TC, rated 600 V or less.
4. Fire-alarm wire and cable.
5. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 27 13 13 "Communications Copper Backbone Cabling" for twisted pair cabling
used for data circuits.
2. Section 27 15 13 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling" for twisted pair cabling
used for data circuits.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. All wire and cable sizes shall be as indicated. Contractor shall notify the Engineer/Owner if
conductor size recommended by the system equipment manufacturer varies from the cables
listed in this specification.
B. Wire and cable shall be color coded, with a separate color used for each phase and neutral
used consistently through the system as specified in Identification section Green shall be used
for all grounding conductors.
C. No material shall be used in the conductor system that cannot be identified under an approved
material specification.
D. No material shall be installed that is corrosive, breeds or sustains mold growth, is moisture
absorbing or whose properties exceed the following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 2
1. Flame spread 25 Max
2. Smoke developed 50 Max
3. Fuel contributed 50 Max
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE
A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current-carrying conductor with
an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less.
B. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Alpha Wire Company
2. American Bare Conductor
3. Belden Inc
4. Cerro Wire LLC
5. Encore Wire Corporation
6. General Cable Technologies Corporation
7. Okonite Company
8. Service Wire Co.
9. Southwire Company
10. WESCO
C. Standards:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and use.
2. RoHS compliant.
3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's
"Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide."
D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8
and ASTM B496 for stranded conductors.
E. Conductor Insulation:
1. Type TC-ER: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 1277.
2. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83.
3. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83.
4. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44.
2.2 METAL-CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC
A. Description: A factory assembly of one or more current-carrying insulated conductors in an
overall metallic sheath.
B. Acceptable manufacturers:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 3
1. Alpha Wire Company
2. American Bare Conductor
3. Belden Inc
4. Cerro Wire LLC
5. Encore Wire Corporation
6. General Cable Technologies Corporation
7. Okonite Company
8. Service Wire Co.
9. Southwire Company
10. WESCO
C. Standards:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and use.
2. Comply with UL 1569.
3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's
"Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide."
D. Circuits:
1. Single circuit.
2. Power-Limited Fire-Alarm Circuits: Comply with UL 1424.
E. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for
stranded conductors.
F. Ground Conductor: Insulated.
G. Conductor Insulation:
1. Type TFN/THHN/THWN-2: Comply with UL 83.
2. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44.
3.
H. Select From Paragraph below for project Armor: Steel, interlocked.
I. Jacket: PVC applied over armor.
2.3 MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE
A. Branch Circuits: No. 12 AWG, up size the conductor for following:
1. 20A, 120V circuits longer than 75 feet: No. 10 AWG.
2. 20A, 120V circuits longer than 150 feet: No. 8 AWG.
3. 20A, 277V circuits longer than 150 feet: No. 10 AWG.
B. Motor Control Circuits: No. 14 AWG.
C. Flexible connections and pendants for lighting fixtures: No. 12 AWG stranded.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 4
D. Annunciator Wiring: No. 16 AWG TFF, TFFN, THHN, stranded.
2.4 FIRE-ALARM WIRE AND CABLE
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Allied Wire & Cable Inc.
2. CommScope, Inc
3. Comtran Corporation Belden Inc
4. Genesis Cable Products
5. Prysmian Group North America
6. Rockbestos-Suprenant Cable Corp.
7. Superior Essex Inc
8. West Penn Wire
B. General Wire and Cable Requirements: NRTL listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70,
Article 760.
C. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, size as recommended by system manufacturer.
1. Circuit Integrity Cable: Twisted shielded pair, NFPA 70, Article 760, Classification CI, for
power-limited fire-alarm signal service Type FPL. NRTL listed and labeled as complying
with UL 1424 and UL 2196 for a two-hour rating.
D. Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid-copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C, color-coded
insulation, and complying with requirements in UL 2196 for a two-hour rating.
1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum, in pathway.
2.5 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material,
type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use.
B. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. 3M Electrical Products
2. ABB
3. Appleton - O-Z/Gedney
4. Atkore International
5. Gardner Bender
6. Hubbell Incorporated
7. Ideal Industries, Inc
8. ILSCO
9. Service Wire Co.
C. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set
screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 5
D. Wiring connectors for Splices and Taps:
1. Copper Conductors No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Use insulated vinyl covered spring
devices (“Scotch lock”, “Wire nut”, or equal). Copper sleeves are not acceptable wiring
connections.
a. Motors (480V or less): For No. 10 AWG and smaller conductors – Provide taped
connector eye lug of motor lead to looped input conducts, using machine bolt/nut
arrangement to facilitate rapid disconnecting.
b. Connections under screw head terminals: Solid conductors shall have formed
eyes; stranded conductors shall have an approved nylon compression terminals as
T&B “Sta-Kon” or approved equal.
c. Connection on receptacles can be back wired if receptacle is provided with a
screw and clamp feature.
2. Copper Conductors No. 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression
connectors.
E. Wiring Connectors for Terminations:
1. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can
accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not less
than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device.
2. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations
designed for terminal lugs.
3. Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with
mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified.
4. Provide motor pigtail connectors for connecting motor leads to facilitate disconnection.
5. Conductors No. 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression
connectors where connectors are required.
6. Conductors No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Use crimped terminals for connections to terminal
screws.
7. Conductors for Control Circuits: Use crimped terminals for all connections.
F. Mechanical Connectors:
1. High strength, high copper allows split-bolt connectors (Burndy “Servit” or approved
equivalent) shall be utilized for joining No. 8 AWG and larger conductors to No. 10 AWG
and smaller conductors. The split-bolt connectors shall be heavily insulated with tape.
G. Compression Connectors:
1. High strength, high copper alloy with heavy reinforcing ribs for joining No. 8 AWG and
larger conductors. Compression splice shall be heavily insulated with heat/cold shrink or
tape.
H. Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulation grip and terminal configuration suitable for connection to
be made.
2.6 ELECTRICAL TAPE
A. Normal temperature installations use electrical tape (Scotch #33, 88).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 6
B. For wet locations use self-vulcanizing rubber insulating tape equal to electrical tape (Scotch
#2210) with vinyl tape outer coat.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and
larger.
B. Power-Limited Fire Alarm and Control: Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller.
3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICO NDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METHODS
A. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single
conductors in raceway.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.
B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to
Section 26 05 33 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and
cables.
C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will
not damage cables or raceway.
E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members,
and follow surface contours where possible.
F. Support cables according to Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."
G. Install wire and cable securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
H. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
I. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions.
1. Wire and cable routing indicated is diagrammatic and approximate unless dimensioned.
2. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact
routing and lengths required.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 7
3. Include circuit lengths required to installed connected devices within 10 feet of location
shown.
J. Conductors shall not be installed in raceways until the raceway system has been completed and
anchored. The contractor shall exercise due care to prevent damage to conductor and
insulation during installation. Each conduit raceway shall contain only those conductors
constituting a single feeder circuit.
K. Each single-phase branch circuit shall be provided with its own 100% (same size as phase
conductor) dedicated neutral conductor. Sharing of the neutral conductor between multiple
circuits shall not be allowed.
1. When more than one neutral is in a common raceway, junction box, etc. each neutral
shall be clearly identified with its associated phase conductor.
2. Each branch circuit conduit shall contain a separate green equipment grounding
conductor.
L. Use of salvaged conductors is expressly prohibited.
M. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet.
N. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, panelboards, etc.
O. Maintain separation of Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and power-
limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70.
P. Maintain separation of wiring for emergency systems in accordance with NFPA 70.
Q. Circuit Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, combining branch circuits together in a single
raceway is permitted, under the following conditions:
1. Provide no more than six current-carrying conductors in a single raceway. Dedicated
neutral conductors are considered current-carrying conductors.
2. Increase size of conductors as required to account for ampacity derating.
3. Up size raceway, boxes, etc. to accommodate conductors.
4. Branch circuits originate from the same panel or switchboard.
R. Protect exposed cable from damage.
S. Installation in Raceway:
1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other
contaminants.
2. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer’s recommended
maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure.
T. Where required by enclosure size, temperature space, etc., provide stranded wiring for
temperature control wiring, interlocks, etc.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIRE-ALARM WIRING
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NFPA 72.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 8
B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal pathway according to Section 27 05 28.29 "Hangers and
Supports for Communications Systems."
1. Install plenum cable in environmental airspaces, including plenum ceilings.
2. Fire-alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with fire-alarm system shall
be installed in a dedicated pathway system. This system shall not be used for any other
wire or cable.
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as
recommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and
back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess.
Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with
fire-alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to system's wiring diagrams.
Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal
blocks, or plug connectors.
D. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; cabinets; or
equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made.
E. Color-Coding: Color-code fire-alarm conductors differently from the normal building power
wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and another for supervisory circuits. Color-
code audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits. Use different
colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint fire-alarm system junction boxes and covers
red.
F. Risers: Install at least two vertical cable risers to serve the fire-alarm system. Separate risers in
close proximity to each other with a minimum one-hour-rated wall, so the loss of one riser does
not prevent receipt or transmission of signals from other floors or zones.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A-486B.
B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that
possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than un-spliced
conductors.
C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack.
D. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation
rating of conductor.
E. Wiring connections using specified wiring connectors:
1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into conduit or make
splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters.
2. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. Provide pig tail
connection.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 9
3. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitably remove corrosion,
oxides, and other contaminants. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces.
4. Splices are not acceptable in home runs.
F. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for
the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced
conductors.
G. Insulate ends of spare conductors using insulated vinyl covered spring devices (“Scotch lock”,
“Wire nut”, or equal) and vinyl insulating electrical tape.
H. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and
devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system.
I. Comply with requirements in Section 28 31 11 "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System" for
connecting, terminating, and identifying wires and cables.
3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 26 05 53 "Identification for
Electrical Systems."
B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of
conductor, and identify as spare conductor.
3.7 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply
with requirements in Section 26 05 44 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and
Cabling."
3.8 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Section 26 05 00 “Common Work Result
for Electrical System.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
1. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests:
a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct
connection according to the single-line diagram.
b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following:
1) A low-resistance ohmmeter.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 19- 10
2) Calibrated torque wrench.
c. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation.
d. Inspect for correct identification.
e. Inspect cable jacket and condition.
f. Insulation-resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors.
Apply a potential of 500-V dc for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V dc for 600-V rated
cable for a one-minute duration.
g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable.
h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors.
B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
END OF SECTION 26 05 19
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 05 26- 1
SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Burndy; Part of Hubbell Electrical Systems.
2. ERICO; a brand of nVent.
3. ILSCO.
4. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation.
5. Thomas & Betts Corporation; A Member of the ABB Group.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 05 26- 2
2.3 CONDUCTORS
A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by
applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Bare Copper Conductors:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3.
2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8.
3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33.
4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in
diameter.
5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.
6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8
inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.
7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper
ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.
2.4 CONNECTORS
A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in
which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items
connected.
B. Compression Connection: Brundy Hyground System
C. Bus-Bar Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy, with two wire terminals.
D. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual,
tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts.
E. Cable-to-Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy.
F. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub.
G. Lay-in Lug Connector: Mechanical type, copper rated for direct burial terminal with set screw.
H. Signal Reference Grid Clamp: Mechanical type, stamped-steel terminal with hex head screw.
I. Straps: Solid copper, cast-bronze clamp. Rated for 600 A.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATIONS
A. Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe.
B. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with more than one continuous yellow
stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 05 26- 3
inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green
and two bands of yellow.
C. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical equipment rooms, IT rooms, in rooms housing service
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Install bus horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches (50 mm) minimum from wall, 6
inches (150 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.
2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top
of doorway, and down; connect to horizontal bus.
D. Conductor Terminations and Connections:
1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise
indicated.
3. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors or Brundy Hyground system.
3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise
indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may
be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
B. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance
except where routed through short lengths of conduit.
1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate
any adjacent parts.
2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install
bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.
3. Use exothermic-welded connectors or Brundy hyground System for outdoor locations; if a
disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp.
C. Grounding and Bonding for Piping:
1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from
building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service
entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes;
use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by using one
of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect
grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or
sleeve to conductor at each end.
2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water
meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 05 26- 4
3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment
shutoff valve.
D. Equipment Grounding:
1. All new equipment shall be equipped with grounding provisions per current NEC
requirements.
E. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized.
Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in
direct contact are galvanically compatible.
1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make
contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical
clamps.
4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and
mechanical clamps.
5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future
penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
3.4 LABELING
A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for instruction
signs. The label or its text shall be green.
B. Install labels at the telecommunications bonding conductor and grounding equalizer and at the
grounding electrode conductor where exposed.
1. Label Text: "If this connector or cable is loose or if it must be removed for any reason,
notify the facility manager."
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted,
electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
C. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
END OF SECTION 26 05 26
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
26 05 29- 1
SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel slotted support systems.
2. Conduit and cable support devices.
3. Support for conductors in vertical conduit.
4. Structural steel for fabricated supports and restraints.
5. Mounting, anchoring, and attachment components, including powder-actuated fasteners,
mechanical expansion anchors, concrete inserts, clamps, through bolts, toggle bolts, and
hanger rods.
6. Fabricated metal equipment support assemblies.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale, on which the
following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the
items involved:
1. Suspended ceiling components.
2. Ductwork, piping, fittings, and supports.
3. Structural members to which hangers and supports will be attached.
4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.
5. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following:
a. Luminaires.
b. Air outlets and inlets.
c. Speakers.
d. Sprinklers.
e. Access panels.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
26 05 29- 2
B. Comply with NECA 1 and NFPA 70; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
C. Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose
specified and indicated.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete,
reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified together with concrete Specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Division 01 "Quality
Requirements," to design hanger and support system.
B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency.
Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Flame Rating: Class 1.
2. Self-extinguishing according to ASTM D 635.
C. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems and its contents.
D. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32-inch-
(10-mm-) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. in at least one surface.
1. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly.
2. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Galvanized steel.
3. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria; minimum size 1-5/8 inches (41.25
mm).
4. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4.
B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated
fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded
body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in
riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as
required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be made of malleable
iron.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
26 05 29- 3
D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M steel plates,
shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their
supports to building surfaces include the following:
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened Portland cement
concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, [zinc-coated] [stainless] steel, for use
in hardened Portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS
Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.
4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for
attached structural element.
5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325.
6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
2.3 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Welded or bolted structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions
of supported equipment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Comply with the following standards for application and installation requirements of hangers and
supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter:
1. NECA 1.
2. NECA 101
B. Comply with requirements in Division 07 "Firestopping" and the construction documents for
firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and
assemblies.
C. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 26 "Raceways and
Boxes for Electrical Systems."
D. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for
EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in
diameter.
1. Provide conduit supports a maximum of every 5’-0”.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
26 05 29- 4
E. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted or
other support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future
without exceeding specified design load limits.
1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with one of the system listed; two-bolt
conduit clamps; single-bolt conduit clamps or single-bolt conduit clamps using spring
friction action for retention in support channel.
F. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-
1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems
above suspended ceilings, and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.
3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this
article.
B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT IMC and RMC
may be supported by openings through structure members, according to NFPA 70.
C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength
will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum
static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus
200 lb (90 kg).
D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten
electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods
unless otherwise indicated by code:
1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.
2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor
fasteners on solid masonry units.
4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock
washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm)
thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs
less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with lock washers
and nuts and/or Beam clamps (MSS SP-58, Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27), complying with
MSS SP-69 Spring-tension clamps.
7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,
panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,
transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate.
E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for
reinforcing bars.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
26 05 29- 5
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
3.4 PAINTING
A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply
with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05
mm).
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 26 05 29
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 1
SECTION 26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Metal conduits and fittings.
2. Nonmetallic conduits and fittings.
3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters.
4. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.
5. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping at conduit and box
entrances.
2. Section 27 05 28 "Pathways for Communications Systems" for conduits, wireways,
surface pathways, innerduct, boxes, faceplate adapters, enclosures, cabinets, and
handholes serving communications systems.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit.
B. EMT: Electrical Metallic Tubing.
C. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
D. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
E. LFMC: Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit.
F. RNC: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit: Type PVC).
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 2
B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and
attachment details.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
A. Metal Conduit:
1. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing
agency, and marked for intended location and application.
2. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.
3. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A.
4. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242.
5. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit.
a. Comply with NEMA RN 1.
b. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch (1 mm), minimum.
6. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797.
7. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel or aluminum.
8. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360.
B. Metal Fittings:
1. Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B.
2. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing
agency, and marked for intended location and application.
3. Fittings, General: Listed and labeled for type of conduit, location, and use.
4. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 1203 and
NFPA 70.
5. Fittings for EMT:
a. Material: Steel.
b. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10, Type: Setscrew, insulated throat, concrete tight type
couplings and connectors similar to Appleton #TWXX-SI Series, OZ/Gedney #4000-
ST/5000-ST Series, and meeting Federal Spec #WF408F. Other fittings shall not be
acceptable.
c. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10, Type: Steel compression for 2” or smaller and steel
setscrew for larger than 2”, insulated throat, concrete tight type couplings and
connectors similar to Appleton #TWXX-SI Series, OZ/Gedney #4000-ST/5000-ST
Series, and meeting Federal Spec #WF408F. Other fittings shall not be acceptable.
6. Fitting for GRC and IMC: Comply with NEMA FB 2.10, all threaded fittings (use of set
screw or compression type not acceptable).
7. Liquid tight fittings: Comply with NEMA FB 2.20, shall be UL listed for grounding, ferrule
and sleeve type with insulated throat as O-Z Gedney “4Q” series, Appleton ‘ST” Carlon
“Carflex” or approved equal.
8. Conduit Hubs shall have insulated throat and recessed O-Ring seal.
9. Conduit Bodies:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 3
a. “LB” and Mogul size for 1” and larger conduits.
b. Cast ferrous material for exterior, watertight, and vapor tight locations with gaskets
at covers.
10. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for
environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper.
11. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch (1 mm),
with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints.
C. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities
having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and
protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity.
D. GRC for underground or pour in concrete walls shall be conductive, waterproof joint compound
equal to T&B “KOPR-SHIELD” or Sherwin Williams ‘ZINC-CLAD”.
2.2 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
A. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.>
B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets
installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.
C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A; galvanized steel.
D. Sheet Metal Light Switch Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A; galvanized steel.
Three inch by 2” x 2-1/2” minimum deep with appropriate plaster ring. Similar to Raco #503 for
drywall and Raco #690 in masonry.
E. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with
gasketed cover and threaded hubs.
F. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C.
G. Metal Floor Boxes:
1. Material: Cast metal.
2. Type: Fully adjustable.
3. Shape: Rectangular.
4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
H. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb (23
kg). Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb (23 kg) shall
be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight.
I. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
J. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast
aluminum with gasketed cover.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 4
K. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as
recessed box.
L. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm square by 60 mm
deep).
1. Through wall and Handy boxes are not permitted.
2. Four inch octagon or square boxes for fixture outlets.
M. Gangable boxes are allowed.
N. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1, Type 3R, Type 4,and
Type 12 with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated.
1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
2. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel.
O. Cabinets:
1. NEMA 250, Type 1, Type 3R, and Type 12 galvanized-steel box with removable interior
panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge.
3. Key latch to match panelboards.
4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage.
5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.
6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified
testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
7. Backboard: Provide 3/4" thick plywood backboard for mounting terminal blocks and other
electronics.
P. Terminal Blocks
1. Terminal Blocks: NEMA ICS 4.
2. Power Terminals: Unit construction type with closed back and tubular pressure screw
connector, rated 600 volts minimum.
3. Signal and Control Terminals: Modular construction type, suitable for channel mounting,
with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts minimum.
4. Provide ground bus terminal block with each connector bonded to enclosure or cabinet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT.
2. Exposed, Subject to Physical Damage: GRC.
3. Concealed Branch Circuit in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions:EMT.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 5
4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet
locations. Six feet maximum length unless otherwise noted.
5. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC.
6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless
steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations.
B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size.
1. See communications specifications for telecom raceway sizes.
2. Exceptions, unless otherwise noted:
a. 1/2-inch (16-mm) for runs in 4-inch masonry walls.
b. 1/2-inch (16mm) for motor control circuits.
c. 1/2-inch (16mm) for motor power circuits.
d. 1/2-inch (16mm) for switch legs to single switches.
e. 1/2-inch (16mm) for end run (dead end) devices (one conduit only).
C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless
otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.
2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type
of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing
conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in
thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer.
3. EMT: Use setscrew or compression, cast-metal fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.
4. EMT: Use setscrew fitting for larger than 2” C and compression fitting for 2” and smaller
conduit, steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.
5. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with
NEMA FB 2.20.
D. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum
raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve.
E. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems"
for hangers and supports.
B. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements
on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits.
Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and
number of floors.
C. Separate raceway systems shall be provided for:
1. Each lighting system.
2. Convenience outlets.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 6
3. Each power system.
4. Each special or different system as further specified whether it is battery lighting, high or
low voltage or any nature, such as telephone, fire alarm, emergency system, sound,
control systems, Building Automation Control Systems, etc.
5. Except by special permission, separate conduits are required for each feeder, each
equipment branch circuit, and for all special systems.
D. Common conduits will be acceptable for:
1. Branch circuits originating from the same panel for lighting and outlets.
2. Motor branch circuits, or for a motor circuit and its associated control wiring.
3. Power or lighting and lighting control wiring can be in the same conduit provided the
insulation on the control wiring is greater than the highest voltage in the raceway.
E. Do not fasten conduits onto the bottom side of a metal deck roof.
F. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-
water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
G. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
H. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab.
I. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for
control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm)
of changes in direction.
J. Make bends in raceway using large-radius preformed ells. Field bending shall be according to
NFPA 70 minimum radii requirements. Use only equipment specifically designed for material
and size involved.
K. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install
conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Conduits located in mechanical and electrical
spaces may be exposed.
L. Install conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls and building lines. Conduit under slab may be
routed from point-to-point.
M. Arrange raceway to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. Install 1” or less below
deck to avoid future conflicts when ceilings are installed or when additional work is added.
N. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary
supports.
O. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
P. Install all branch circuit conduits within the building perimeter above the finished floor line
except when serving floor boxes, outlets in partial height walls, or exterior connections where
shown or unless otherwise noted on contract documents. Floor boxes, partial height walls, or
exterior connections shall be served from the floor below.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 7
Q. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one
shot bender to fabricate bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size.
R. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.
S. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
T. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached.
U. Stub-Ups to Above Recessed Ceilings:
1. Use EMT, IMC, or GRC for raceways.
2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated in hubs or
in an enclosure.
V. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp or Corrosive Conditions: Apply listed
compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound
manufacturer's written instructions.
W. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion-preventing conductive
compound prior to assembly.
X. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to
protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.
Y. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes
or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch (35mm) trade size and insulated throat
metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch (41-mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts.
Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits.
Z. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install
locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more.
AA. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in
the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path.
BB. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch (53-mm) trade size and larger, use
roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. De-burr cut ends.
CC. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not
less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each
end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside
raceways in use.
DD. GRC and IMC conduit installation as follow:
1. Coupled with Erickson Couplings in lieu of running threads.
2. Installed with joints sealed with conductive, waterproof conduit joint compound (where
underground or in concrete), equal to T & B "KOPR-SHIELD" or Sherwin Williams "ZINC-
CLAD".
3. Installed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL6 for Rigid and
UL/242 for IMC.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 8
4. Where GRC or IMC enters a box or other fitting through a knockout, an approved double
locknut and bushing shall be provided. Not applicable for threaded hubs.
5. Used for sleeves except where sheet metal is approved elsewhere.
6. Installed with all threaded fittings (the use of set screw or compression type not
acceptable).
7. Where Rigid or IMC enters a junction box or any enclosure within 60" of exiting or
entering a concrete slab, the Rigid or IMC shall be continuous into the enclosure.
8. Conduit hubs shall be installed for all GRC or IMC terminations to sheet metal type
enclosures and for installations requiring a watertight or dust tight seal.
EE. Contractor may re-use existing conduit runs for installing new conductors, when directed to do
so by the project manager and superintendent, within the following guidelines:
1. For home runs remove all the conductors in the existing conduits between a designated
existing device and its panel of origin.
2. For conductors installed in conduits that branch off the home run conduit the conductors
need to be removed only to the first existing terminations. (Termination is defined as a
conductor splice or terminations to existing device.)
3. Removed conductors must be replaced with all new conductors.
4. All new conductor runs must include a new equipment-grounding conductor. Pull the
equipment-grounding conductor all the way to original receptacles outlet box. The new
equipment-grounding conductor shall be used in conjunction with the original circuits and
their replacement devices as well as any new circuits.
FF. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or
boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all
raceways at the following points:
1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated
spaces.
2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure.
3. Conduit extending from interior to exterior of building.
4. Conduit extending into pressurized duct and equipment.
5. Conduit extending into pressurized zones that are automatically controlled to maintain
different pressure set points.
6. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
GG. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings.
HH. Expansion-Joint Fittings:
1. Install in each run of aboveground GRC, IMC and EMT conduit that is located where
environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F (55 deg C) and that has
straight-run length that exceeds 100 feet (30 m).
2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot
of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C)
of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and
contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F
(0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for
metal conduits.
3. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure
expansion joints.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 9
4. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected
according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time
of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement.
II. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches (1830
mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to
vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors.
1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.
2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.
JJ. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually
indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches,
and backsplashes.
2. Align wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.
KK. Install boxes in locations as shown on the drawings, as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 70.
1. Electrical boxes shown on drawings are approximate locations unless otherwise
indicated. Adjust box locations up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended
purpose.
2. Locate boxes to allow luminaries positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan.
3. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the
same vertical channel; provide a minimum 6” separation. Provide a minimum 24”
separation in acoustic rated walls.
4. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section “Wiring
Devices”.
LL. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same
vertical channel.
MM. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes.
NN. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing
members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. Secure flush mounting
box to interior wall partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness.
1. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
2. Adjust flush installed outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.
OO. Install boxes, enclosures, and cabinets plumb. Anchor securely to structural supports.
PP. Orient boxes vertically to accommodate wiring devices unless otherwise noted.
QQ. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.
RR. Install knockout closures in unused box openings.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 10
SS. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceiling and in unfinished areas only.
TT. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes not more than 6 inches from ceiling
access panel or from removable recessed luminaries.
UU. Use cast outlet boxes in exterior locations exposed to weather and wet locations.
VV. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast metal
box in wet locations.
WW. Clean interior of boxes and remove dust, debris and other material prior to wire or device
installation. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. Touch up damage.
XX. Contractor shall maintain J-Box accessibility. When an outlet, junction box, or pull box becomes
inaccessible for any reason (i.e. new lab benches or cabinets) the outlet, junction box, or pull
box shall be relocated and all associated conduit and wiring modified and re-routed as required
maintaining accessibility.
YY. Route conduit away from any equipment requiring maintenance access, minimum 24-inches
clearance.
ZZ. Comply with requirements in Division 26 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for raceway and
Boxes identifications.
AAA. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by
conduits and /or ceiling support wire.
BBB. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. Provide junction box beneath
for conduit routing as required.
CCC. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface.
3.3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of floor and wall assemblies. Comply with
requirements in Section 26 05 44 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and
Cabling."
3.4 FIRESTOPPING
A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with
requirements in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping."
1. Firestop cables in conduit penetrating rated wall/floor within the building.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 33- 11
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 26 05 33
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling
26 05 44- 1
SECTION 26 05 44
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sleeves for raceway and cable penetration of non-fire-rated construction walls and floors.
2. Sleeve-seal systems.
3. Sleeve-seal fittings.
4. Grout.
5. Silicone sealants.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Division 07 "Firestopping" for penetration firestopping installed in fire-resistance-rated
walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers, with and without penetrating items.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 01 for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: For each type of product.
C. LEED Submittals:
1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For sealants, documentation including printed statement
of VOC content.
2. Laboratory Test Reports for Credit EQ 4: For sealants, documentation indicating that
products comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department
of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling
26 05 44- 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SLEEVES
A. Wall Sleeves:
1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: Through gyp board used EMT. Through concrete or block use
galvanized rigid conduit (GRC).
2. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure
pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS
A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
sleeve and raceway or cable for slabs-on-grade and below-grade-exterior walls.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following :
a. Link-Seal
2. Sealing Elements: EPDM rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include
type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel or Stainless steel.
4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Match material of pressure plates, of length required to
secure pressure plates to sealing elements.
2.3 SILICONE SEALANTS
A. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of
grade indicated below.
1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal
surfaces that are not fire rated.
2. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
B. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand
and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR NON-FIRE-RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Comply with NECA 1.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling
26 05 44- 3
B. Comply with NEMA VE 2 for cable tray and cable penetrations.
C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above-Grade Non-Fire-Rated Concrete and Masonry-Unit
Floors and Walls:
1. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors:
a. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant
appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in this
section and Division 07 "Joint Sealants."
b. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly
between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth;
protect material while curing.
2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
3. Size pipe sleeves to provide minimum 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between
sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed.
4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are
used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush
with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting.
5. On communications sleeves where a raceway will NOT be installed within the sleeve,
provide protect bushings on sleeve terminations.
6. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm)
above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection of floors.
D. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies:
1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved
opening.
2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for gypsum board
assemblies.
E. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible
boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work.
F. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space
between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
G. Underground, Exterior-Wall and Floor Penetrations: Install steel pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to
allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing
sleeve-seal system.
3.2 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at raceway
entries into building.
B. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or
cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling
26 05 44- 4
sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts
against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
END OF SECTION 26 05 44
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 1
SECTION 26 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Color and legend requirements for raceways, conductors, and warning labels and signs.
2. Labels.
3. Tapes and stencils.
4. Signs.
5. Cable ties.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in
other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's
wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by
codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.
D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with ASME A13.1 and IEEE C2.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 2
D. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks
used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.
E. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature
changes.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material
surfaces.
2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS
A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less:
1. [Black letters on an white field for utility power circuits.
2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type.
B. Fire Alarm Conduit and Rough-ins Box
1. Junction boxes painted red. Device address will be red letters on white field on junction
box cover.
2. Conduit labels shall be white “FIRE ALARM” letters on RED field, label every 25’.
3. Legend: FA System, and Device address.
C. Armored and Metal-Clad cable
1. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of
color field for each cable size.
2. Black letters on white field for utility power circuits.
3. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type.
D. Color-Coding for Phase- and Voltage-Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed
below for ungrounded service, feeder and branch-circuit conductors.
1. Color shall be factory applied[ or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG if
authorities having jurisdiction permit].
2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Black.
b. Phase B: Red.
c. Phase C: Blue.
d. Switch leg return: Yellow.
e. Three and four way “travelers”: Orange.
3. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Brown.
b. Phase B: Orange.
c. Phase C: Yellow.
4. Color for Neutral: White or Gray.
5. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green.
6. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green with yellow stripes.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 3
7. Where two or more neutrals are included in same conduit, at each panel, junction box,
etc. the proper neutral wire shall be permanently and effectively identified with its branch
circuit conductor(s) taped together and labeled with circuit number(s). The neutrals shall
have a colored strip that corresponds to the phase color of the non-grounded conductor.
8. For branch circuit conductors, wiring shall be identified with wrap-on wire vinyl cloth wire
markers. Number shall indicate associated terminal in motor controller, panel board, etc.
9. Phase sequence shall be N-A-B-C, proceeding in direction of left to right, front to back,
top to bottom. All phase and neutral shall be identified.
10. All feeder to power distribution equipment and to all motors shall be completely phase out
as to sequence and rotation and so labeled.
E. Warning Label Colors:
1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background.
F. Equipment Identification Labels:
1. Black letters on a white field.
2.3 LABELS
A. Self-Adhesive Labels: Vinyl, thermal, transfer-printed, 3-mil- (0.08-mm-) thick, multicolor,
weather- and UV-resistant, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and
location.
2.4 TAPES AND STENCILS
A. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification
legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.
B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; not less than 3 mils
(0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide; compounded for outdoor use.
1. Color and Printing:
a. Comply with ANSI Z535.1, ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, and
ANSI Z535.5.
b. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: "ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE".
c. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: "TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE,
COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE".
2. Tag: Indoor distribution:
a. Pigmented polyolefin, bright colored.
b. Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
c. Thickness: 4 mils (0.1 mm).
d. Weight: 18.5 lb/1000 sq. ft. (9.0 kg/100 sq. m).
e. Tensile according to ASTM D882: 30 lbf (133.4 N) and 2500 psi (17.2 MPa).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 4
2.5 TAGS
A. Write-on Tags:
1. Polyester Tags: 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable
tie for attachment.
2. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag
manufacturer.
2.6 SIGNS
A. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs:
1. Engraved legend.
2. Thickness:
a. For signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.
b. For signs larger than 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick.
c. Engraved legend with black letters on white face.
d. Self-adhesive.
e. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable
equipment.
2.7 CABLE TIES
A. Plenum-Rated Cable Ties: Self-extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking.
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm).
2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D638: 7000 psi (48.2 MPa).
3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0.
4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 140 deg C).
5. Color: Black.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application
requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or
interior).
B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine
screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean
substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended
by manufacturer of identification product.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 5
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with
requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings,
manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent
designations throughout Project.
B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
C. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.
D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation
and maintenance manual.
E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.
F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance
of electrical systems and connected items.
G. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 600 V: Identification shall completely
encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side.
1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway.
H. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and
signal connections.
I. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for
viewing from the floor.
J. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the
following systems with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be
as follows:
1. "EMERGENCY POWER AND CIRCUIT NUMBER."
2. "UTILITY POWER AND CIRCUIT NUMBER."
3. "UPS POWER AND CIRCUIT NUMBER."
1. Fire Alarm System device address.
2. Paging System- PA.
3. Telecom: See Telecom Specification
K. Self-Adhesive Labels:
1. On each item, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams,
schedules, and operation and maintenance manual.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high
letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels
2 inches (50 mm) high.
L. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 6
M. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and
accessibility.
N. Tape and Stencil: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and
paint application.
O. Write-on Tags:
1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility.
2. Secure using plenum-rated cable ties.
P. Metal-Backed Butyrate Signs:
1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the
location and substrate.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high
letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high sign; where two lines of text are required, use labels
2 inches (50 mm) high.
Q. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below:
1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon.
2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without
interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to
provide view of identifying devices.
B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points,
and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation.
C. Concealed Raceways, Duct Banks, More Than 600 V, within Buildings: Tape and stencil.
Stencil legend "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH-VOLTAGE WIRING" with 3-inch- (75-mm-)
high, black letters on 20-inch (500-mm) centers.
1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, and at
30-foot (10-m) maximum intervals.
D. Accessible Raceways, Armored and Metal-Clad Cables, More Than 600 V: Self-adhesive
labels.
1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot
(15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals in
congested areas.
E. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch
Circuits: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 7
1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot
(15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals in
congested areas.
F. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in pull and junction
boxes, use self-adhesive vinyl tape to identify the phase.
1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot
(15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals in
congested areas.
G. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Self-adhesive vinyl tape that is uniform
and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections.
1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and
pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation.
H. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground-line warning tape for power, lighting,
communication, and control wiring and optical-fiber cable.
I. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded
conductors.
J. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self-
adhesive labels.
1. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.
2. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of
equipment.
K. Equipment Identification Labels:
1. Indoor Equipment: Self-adhesive label.
2. Equipment to Be Labeled:
a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by
panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form of a self-
adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label.
1) Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard
manufacturer.
a) 5”x8” minimum size protected by plastic sleeve or guard.
b) Example: “Room 204 – outlets – North wall”.
2) Panelboard identification shall be self-adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic
or melamine label.
a) 1/2" high letters on outside of panel doors identifying panel, voltage,
phase, wire, and source of feed.
b) Example: “L-B-1, 208Y/120V, 3-Phase, 4W, MDP-1, Circuit #4”.
b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets.
c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
1) Provide an engraved plastic label with 3/4" high letters, security attached,
identifying the unit, voltage, phase, and wire:
a) Example: “MDP-1, 208Y/120V, 3-Phase, 4W”.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Identification for Electrical Systems
26 05 53- 8
2) Branch switches to be labeled with engraved plastic label with 3/16” high
letters securely attached to exterior of device. Example “Pump HWP1”.
3) Label to include the name of the load it is feeding and with the source of the
power.
a) Example: “SD-P fed from MD-P, Cubical 5A located in room #B64.”
4) Arc-flash label comply with NFPA 70 E and /or specified.
d. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers.
1) Label each Label each with engraved plastic label with 3/16” high letters
securely attached to the exterior of device as follows: Equipment served,
Source of feed and circuit number.
a) Example: “ACP-20 fed from MCC 20, cubicle 5A located in room
#B64”.
2) Arc-flash label comply with NFPA 70 E and /or specified.
e. Enclosed controllers and variable speed controllers.
1) Label each Label each with engraved plastic label with 3/16” high letters
securely attached to the exterior of device as follows: Equipment served,
Source of feed and circuit number.
a) Example: “ACP-20 fed from MCC 20, cubicle 5A located in room
#B64”.
2) Arc-flash label comply with NFPA 70 E and /or specified.
f. Contactors.
1) Label each Label each with engraved plastic label with 3/16” high letters
securely attached to the exterior of device as follows: Equipment served,
Source of feed and circuit number.
a) Example: “ACP-20 fed from MCC 20, cubicle 5A located in room
#B64”.
2) Normal switch plates shall be marked with a clear label with black lettering
indicating panel and circuit. Utility(Normal) switch plates shall be marked
with a clear label with red lettering indicating panel and circuit.
a) Example: “Panel PL3-A2, Cir. #13”
END OF SECTION 26 05 53
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Lighting Control Devices
26 09 23- 1
SECTION 26 09 23
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors.
2. Switchbox-mounted occupancy sensors.
3. Lighting contactors.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 26 27 26 "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, non-networkable wall-switch
occupancy sensors, and manual light switches.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in operation
and maintenance manuals.
B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation:
1. Software operating and upgrade manuals.
2. Program Software Backup: On USB media. Provide names, versions, and website
addresses for locations of installed software.
3. Device address list.
4. Printout of software application and graphic screens.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace lighting control
devices that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Lighting Control Devices
26 09 23- 2
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Faulty operation of lighting control software.
b. Faulty operation of lighting control devices.
2. Warranty Period: Two year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INDOOR OCCUPANCY AND VACANCY SENSORS
A. Approved Manufacturer:
1. Cooper Industries, Inc.
2. Douglas Lighting Controls
3. Hubbell Control Solutions
4. Intermatic, Inc.
5. Leviton Manufacturing Co.
6. Acuity Brands
7. Lutron Electronics Co.
8. Schneider Electric
9. Sensor Switch
10. Wattstopper
B. General Requirements for Sensors:
1. Wall or Ceiling-mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy sensors.
2. Dual technology.
3. Integrated or Separate power pack.
4. Hardwired connection to switch and lighting control system.
5. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and application.
6. Operation:
a. Occupancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area
is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights
off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
b. Vacancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, lights are manually turned on and
sensor turns lights off when the room is unoccupied; with a time delay for turning
lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
c. Combination Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, sensor shall be programmed to
turn lights on when coverage area is occupied and turn them off when unoccupied,
or to turn off lights that have been manually turned on; with a time delay for turning
lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
7. Sensor Output: Sensor is powered from the power pack.
8. Power: 0-10V.
9. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A LED load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A
tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2
power source, as defined by NFPA 70.
10. Mounting: Varies
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Lighting Control Devices
26 09 23- 3
a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box.
b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2-inch (13-mm) knockout in a standard
electrical enclosure.
c. Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged
door.
11. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal
operation of sensor.
12. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure.
13. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lux); turn lights
off when selected lighting level is present.
C. Dual-Technology Type: wall or ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR
and ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that
control on-off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit.
1. Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology.
2. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-) minimum movement of any
portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm),
and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm)
in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305
mm/s).
3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area
of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling.
4. Detection Coverage (Room, Wall Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere within a 180-
degree pattern centered on the sensor over an area of 1000 square feet (110 square
meters) when mounted 9’ 0” above finished floor.
2.2 SWITCHBOX-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Approved Manufacturer:
1. Cooper Industries, Inc.
2. Douglas Lighting Controls
3. Hubbell Control Solutions
4. Intermatic, Inc.
5. Leviton Manufacturing Co.
6. Acuity Brands
7. Lutron Electronics Co.
8. Schneider Electric
9. Sensor Switch
10. Wattstopper
General Requirements for Sensors: Automatic-wall-switch occupancy sensor with manual on-off
switch, suitable for mounting in a single gang switchbox[, with provisions for connection to lighting
controller using a hardwired connection.
11. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and application[, and shall comply with California Title 24.
12. Occupancy Sensor Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage
area is occupied, and turn lights off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights
off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
13. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F (0 to 49 deg C).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Lighting Control Devices
26 09 23- 4
14. Switch Rating: Not less than 800-VA LED load at 120 V, 1200-VA LED load at 277 V, and
800-W incandescent.
B. Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS1:
1. Standard Range: 180-degree field of view, field adjustable from 180 to 40 degrees; with a
minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft. (84 sq. m).
2. Sensing Technology: Dual technology - PIR and ultrasonic.
3. Switch Type: SP, field-selectable automatic "on," or manual "on," automatic "off."
4. Capable of controlling load in three-way application.
5. Voltage: Dual voltage - 120 and 277 V.
6. Ambient-Light Override: Concealed, field-adjustable, light-level sensor from 10 to 150 fc
(108 to 1600 lux). The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is
higher than the set point of the sensor.
7. Concealed, field-adjustable, "off" time-delay selector at up to 30 minutes.
8. Concealed, "off" time-delay selector at 30 seconds and 5, 10, and 20 minutes.
9. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of
the space and helps eliminate false "off" switching.
10. Color: Coordinate with Architect.
11. Faceplate: Color matched to switch.
2.3 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG.
Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not
smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage
Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than
No. 14 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine lighting control devices before installation. Reject lighting control devices that are wet,
moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
B. Examine walls and ceilings for suitable conditions where lighting control devices will be
installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Lighting Control Devices
26 09 23- 5
3.2 SENSOR INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that
penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke
detectors, fire-suppression systems, and partition assemblies.
C. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90-percent coverage of areas
indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 CONTACTOR INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure-
borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration
isolators.
3.4 WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm).
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower-limited
conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless
otherwise indicated.
E. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in
junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Section 26 05 53 "Identification
for Electrical Systems."
1. Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors.
2. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each
sensor.
B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Lighting Control Devices
26 09 23- 6
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service
representative:
1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry
has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.7 ADJUSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting lighting control devices to suit actual
occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy
hours for this purpose.
1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set
time delay to suit Owner's operations.
2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's
operations.
3.8 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT
A. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, service agreement shall include
software support for two years.
B. Upgrade Service: At Substantial Completion, update software to latest version. Install and
program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial
Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system and new or revised licenses for
using software.
1. Upgrade Notice: At least 30 days to allow Owner to schedule and access the system and
to upgrade computer equipment if necessary.
3.9 DEMONSTRATION
A. Coordinate demonstration of products specified in this Section with demonstration requirements
for low-voltage, programmable lighting control systems specified in Section 26 09 43.16
"Addressable-Luminaire Lighting Controls" and Section 26 09 43.23 "Relay-Based Lighting
Controls."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Lighting Control Devices
26 09 23- 7
B. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain lighting control devices.
END OF SECTION 26 09 23
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wiring Devices
26 27 26- 1
SECTION 26 27 26
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Standard-grade receptacles, 125 V, 20 A.
2. GFCI receptacles, 125 V, 20 A.
3. Toggle switches, 120/277 V, 20 A.
4. Decorator-style devices, 20 A.
5. Occupancy sensors.
6. Wall plates.
7. Floor service fittings.
8. Poke-through assemblies.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
B. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor.
C. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.
D. SPD: Surge protective device.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS
A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a
qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wiring Devices
26 27 26- 2
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. RoHS compliant.
D. Comply with NEMA WD 1.
E. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted
under the following conditions:
1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire.
2. Devices shall comply with requirements in this Section.
F. Devices for Owner-Furnished Equipment:
1. Receptacles: Match plug configurations.
2. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
G. Device Color:
1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect unless
otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing.
2. Wiring Devices Connected to Essential Electrical System: Red.
3. SPD Devices: Blue.
4. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Orange.
H. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color.
I. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single
source from single manufacturer.
2.2 CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A
A. Convenience Receptacles, Preminum Industrial Grade, 125 V, 20 A, Configuration 5-20R.:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Eaton (Arrow Hart); 5361 (single), AH5362 (duplex).
b. Hubbell; HBL5361 (single), HBL5362 (duplex).
c. Leviton; 5361 (single), 5362 (duplex).
d. Pass & Seymour; 5361 (single), 5362A (duplex).
2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding.
3. Configuration: NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R.
4. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596H.
2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A
A. Duplex GFCI Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wiring Devices
26 27 26- 3
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Eaton (Arrow Hart) – SGF20.
b. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems – GFRST20.
c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc – G5362.
d. Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour) - 2097.
2. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two
pole, three wire, and self-grounding.
3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R.
4. Type: [Feed] [Non-feed] through.
5. Standards: Comply with UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596.
2.4 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Wall Switch Sensor Light Switch, Dual Technology:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Eaton .
b. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems.
c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.
d. Wattstopper.
2. Description: Switchbox-mounted, combination lighting-control sensor and conventional
switch lighting-control unit using dual (ultrasonic and passive infrared) technology.
3. Standards: Comply with UL 20.
4. Rated 10 A at 120 V ac or 10 A at 277 V ac for fluorescent or LED lighting, and 1/4 hp at
120 V ac.
5. Adjustable time delay of 15 minutes.
6. Able to be locked to Automatic-On mode.
7. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lux).
8. Connections: Provisions for connection to BAS.
9. Connections: RJ-45 communications outlet.
10. Connections: Integral wireless networking.
2.5 DIMMERS
A. Wall-Box Dimmers:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Eaton (Arrow Hart).
b. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems.
c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.
d. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.
e. Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wiring Devices
26 27 26- 4
2. Description: Modular, full-wave, solid-state dimmer switch with integral, quiet on-off
switches, with audible frequency and EMI/RFI suppression filters.
3. Control: Continuously adjustable slider; with single-pole or three-way switching.
4. Standards: Comply with UL 1472.
5. LED Lamp Dimmer Switches: Modular; compatible with LED lamps; trim potentiometer to
adjust low-end dimming; capable of consistent dimming with low end not greater than 10
percent of full brightness.
2.6 WALL PLATES
A. Single Source: Obtain wall plates from same manufacturer of wiring devices.
B. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices.
1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
2. Material for Finished Spaces: As per Architect.
3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel.
4. Material for Damp Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and
labeled for use in wet and damp locations.
2.7 POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES
A. Reference drawing detail for manufacturer style, size, etc.
B. Approved manufacturer:
1. Wiremold
2. An Approved Equal
C. Wiring Raceways and Compartments: Contractor to size for each quantity of cable specified on
plan drawing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Coordination with Other Trades:
1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device
boxes, and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against
outside of boxes.
2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust,
paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and
cables.
3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint
unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wiring Devices
26 27 26- 5
4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.
C. Conductors:
1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on
devices.
2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid
scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire.
3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall comply with NFPA 70,
Article 300, without pigtails.
4. Existing Conductors:
a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors.
b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter.
c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough.
D. Device Installation:
1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were
installed before building finishing operations were complete.
2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect
conductors.
3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last
possible moment.
4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm)
in length.
5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid
conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw.
6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer.
7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice
No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections.
8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device.
9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold
device-mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.
E. Receptacle Orientation:
1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted
receptacles to the right.
2. Install hospital-grade receptacles in patient-care areas with the ground pin or neutral
blade at the top.
F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount
outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.
G. Dimmers:
1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing.
2. Verify that dimmers used for fan-speed control are listed for that application.
3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to
manufacturers' device, listing conditions in the written instructions.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wiring Devices
26 27 26- 6
H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical
and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single,
multigang wall plates.
I. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and
furnishings.
A. Install poke-through boxes level and flush to floor. Provide junction box beneath for conduit
routing.
1. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor as required.
B. Install poke-through closure plugs in all unused core holes to maintain fire rating of floor.
3.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES
A. Install non-feed-through GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not
required.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number as specified in
“Identification Section”, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.
C. Essential Electrical System: Mark receptacles supplied from the essential electrical system to
allow easy identification using a self-adhesive label.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.
B. Test Instrument for Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated
digital-display indicators of measurement.
C. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.
2. Test Instrument for Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated
digital-display indicators of measurement.
D. Tests for Receptacles:
1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V.
2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable.
3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable.
4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943.
5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted.
6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit
breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault-current path, defective devices, or similar
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Wiring Devices
26 27 26- 7
problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new
ones, and retest as specified above.
E. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
END OF SECTION 26 27 26
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Switches and Circuit Breakers
26 28 16- 1
SECTION 26 28 16
SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Molded-case circuit breakers (MCCBs).
2. Enclosures.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. NC: Normally closed.
B. NO: Normally open.
C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component
indicated. Include nameplate ratings, dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and
manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings,
accessories, and finishes.
1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.
2. Current and voltage ratings.
3. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate).
4. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1. In addition to items specified in Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data,"
include the following:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Switches and Circuit Breakers
26 28 16- 2
a. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and
circuit breakers.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed switches and circuit breakers, overcurrent protective
devices, components, and accessories, within same product category, from single
manufacturer.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
2.2 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Molded Case Fixed Trip Unit, 15A to 50A.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. General Electric – Match existing panelboard requirements.
2. Circuit breakers shall be constructed using glass-reinforced insulating material. Current
carrying components shall be completely isolated from the handle and the accessory
mounting area.
3. Circuit breakers shall have a toggle operating mechanism with common tripping of all
poles, which provides quick-make, quick-break contact action. The circuit-breaker handle
shall be over center, be trip free, and reside in a tripped position between on and off to
provide local trip indication. Circuit-breaker escutcheon shall be clearly marked on and off
in addition to providing international I/O markings. Equip circuit breaker with a push-to-trip
button, located on the face of the circuit breaker to mechanically operate the circuit-
breaker tripping mechanism for maintenance and testing purposes.
4. The maximum ampere rating and UL, IEC, or other certification standards with applicable
voltage systems and corresponding interrupting ratings shall be clearly marked on face of
circuit breaker.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Switches and Circuit Breakers
26 28 16- 3
5. MCCBs shall be equipped with a device for locking in the isolated position
2.3 ENCLOSURES
A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: UL 489, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50, to
comply with environmental conditions at installed location.
B. Enclosure Finish: The enclosure shall be finished with gray baked enamel paint,
electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphatized steel (NEMA 250 Type 1).
C. Conduit Entry: NEMA 250 Types 4, 4X, and 12 enclosures shall contain no knockouts.
NEMA 250 Types 7 and 9 enclosures shall be provided with threaded conduit openings in both
endwalls.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for
compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Commencement of work shall indicate Installer's acceptance of the areas and conditions
as satisfactory.
3.2 ENCLOSURE ENVIRONMENTAL RATING APPLICATIONS
A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: Provide enclosures at installed locations with the
following environmental ratings.
1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment
served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required
clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide
warning signs.
2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Switches and Circuit Breakers
26 28 16- 4
B. Tests and Inspections for Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:
a. Verify that equipment nameplate data are as described in the Specifications and
shown on the Drawings.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances.
d. Verify that the unit is clean.
e. Operate the circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation.
f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the two
following methods:
1) Use a low-resistance ohmmeter.
a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar
connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar
bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated
torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or
NETA ATS Table 100.12.
a) Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use
NETA ATS Table 100.12.
g. Inspect operating mechanism, contacts, and chutes in unsealed units.
C. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as
recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 26 28 16
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Led Interior Lighting
26 51 19- 1
SECTION 26 51 19
LED INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes the types of LED luminaires specified and schedule on drawings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 26 09 23 "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including
time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and
contactors.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CCT: Correlated color temperature.
B. CRI: Color Rendering Index.
C. Fixture: See "Luminaire."
D. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating.
E. LED: Light-emitting diode.
F. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both.
G. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation.
2. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and driver.
3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaires.
4. Include emergency lighting units, including batteries and chargers.
5. Include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Led Interior Lighting
26 51 19- 2
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and lighting systems to include in operation
and maintenance manuals.
1. Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project; use ANSI and manufacturers' codes.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering
before shipping.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
B. Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Ambient Temperature: 41 to 104 deg F (5 to 40 deg C).
1. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent.
B. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet (300 m).
2.2 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Locate labels
where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles
when lamps are in place.
1. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics:
a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type.
b. Lamp diameter, shape, size, wattage, and coating.
c. CCT and CRI.
C. Recessed luminaires shall comply with NEMA LE 4.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Led Interior Lighting
26 51 19- 3
D. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated
class and division of hazard by an NRTL.
E. FM Global Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for
indicated class and division of hazard by FM Global.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Metal Parts:
1. Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
2. Sheet metal components shall be steel unless otherwise indicated.
3. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
B. Steel:
1. ASTM A 36/A 36M for carbon structural steel.
2. ASTM A 568/A 568M for sheet steel.
C. Stainless Steel:
1. 1. Manufacturer's standard grade.
2. 2. Manufacturer's standard type, ASTM A 240/240 M.
D. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653/A 653M.
E. Aluminum: ASTM B 209.
2.4 METAL FINISHES
A. Variations in finishes are unacceptable in the same piece. Variations in finishes of adjoining
components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and if they can be
and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.5 LIGHT FIXTURE
A. General:
1. LED light fixtures shall be in accordance with IES, NFPA, UL, as shown on the drawings,
and as specified.
2. LED light fixtures shall be Reduction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)-compliant.
3. LED drivers shall include the following features unless otherwise indicated:
a. Minimum efficiency: 85% at full load.
b. Minimum Operating Ambient Temperature: -20˚ C. (-4˚ F.)
c. Input Voltage: 120 - 277V (±10%) at 60 Hz.
d. Integral short circuit, open circuit, and overload protection.
e. Power Factor: ≥ 0.95.
f. Total Harmonic Distortion: ≤ 10%.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Led Interior Lighting
26 51 19- 4
g. Comply with FCC 47 CFR Part 15.
B. LED modules shall include the following features unless otherwise indicated:
1. Comply with IES LM-79 and LM-80 requirements.
2. Minimum CRI 80 and color temperature [3500˚ K] [4000˚ K] [5000˚ K] unless otherwise
specified in Light Fixture Schedule.
3. Minimum Rated Life: 50,000 hours per IES L70.
4. Light output lumens as indicated in the Light Fixture schedule.
2.6 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT
A. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems"
for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy.
Finish same as luminaire.
C. Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gauge (2.68 mm).
D. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch (5-mm) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod.
E. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to luminaire, line voltage, and equipment with
threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire to verify actual locations of luminaire and electrical
connections before luminaire installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING
A. If approved by the Architect, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When
construction is sufficiently complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new
lamps.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Led Interior Lighting
26 51 19- 5
B. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install lamps in each luminaire.
D. Supports:
1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight.
2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and re-lamping.
3. Provide support for luminaire without causing deflection of ceiling or wall.
4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100
percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight.
E. Flush-Mounted Luminaires:
1. Secured to outlet box.
2. Attached to ceiling structural members at four points equally spaced around
circumference of luminaire.
3. Trim ring flush with finished surface.
F. Suspended Luminaires:
1. Ceiling Mount:
a. Two 5/32-inch- (4-mm-) diameter aircraft cable supports adjustable to 10 feet (3 m)
in length.
b. Pendant mount Four-point pendant mount with 5/32-inch- (4-mm-) diameter aircraft
cable supports adjustable to 10 feet (3 m) in length.
c. Hook mount.
2. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging.
3. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Luminaires: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. Support with
approved outlet box and accessories that hold stem and provide damping of luminaire
oscillations. Support outlet box vertically to building structure using approved devices.
4. Continuous Rows of Luminaires: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and wire
support for suspension for each unit length of luminaire chassis, including one at each
end.
5. Do not use ceiling grid as support for pendant luminaires. Connect support wires or rods
to building structure.
G. Ceiling-Grid-Mounted Luminaires:
1. Secure to any required outlet box.
2. Secure luminaire to the luminaire opening using approved fasteners in a minimum of four
locations, spaced near corners of luminaire.
3. Use approved devices and support components to connect luminaire to ceiling grid and
building structure in a minimum of four locations, spaced near corners of luminaire.
H. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables" for wiring connections.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Led Interior Lighting
26 51 19- 6
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after
electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation.
2. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation.
Verify transfer from normal power to battery power and retransfer to normal.
B. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass operation tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion,
provide on-site assistance in adjusting the direction of aim of luminaires to suit occupied
conditions. Make up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this purpose.
Some of this work may be required during hours of darkness.
1. During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace lamps or luminaires that are
defective.
2. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.
3. Adjust the aim of luminaires in the presence of the Architect.
END OF SECTION 26 51 19
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Emergency and Exit Lighting
26 52 13- 1
SECTION 26 52 13
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Emergency lighting units.
2. Exit signs.
3. Luminaire supports.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CCT: Correlated color temperature.
B. CRI: Color Rendering Index.
C. Emergency Lighting Unit: A lighting unit with internal or external emergency battery powered
supply and the means for controlling and charging the battery and unit operation.
D. Fixture: See "Luminaire" Paragraph.
E. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both.
F. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of emergency lighting unit, exit sign, and emergency lighting
support.
1. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes.
2. Include physical description of the unit and dimensions.
3. Battery and charger for light units.
4. Include life, output of luminaire (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data.
5. Include photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying
with IES LM-45, for each luminaire type.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Emergency and Exit Lighting
26 52 13- 2
a. Manufacturers' Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's
laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory
Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.
B. Product Schedule:
1. For emergency lighting units. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
2. For exit signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and lighting systems to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
1. Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project; use ANSI and manufacturers' codes.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering
before shipping.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Warranty for Emergency Lighting Batteries: Manufacturer's standard form in which
manufacturer of battery-powered emergency lighting unit agrees to repair or replace
components of rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty Period for Emergency Power Unit Batteries: Five years from date of Substantial
Completion. Full warranty shall apply for the entire warranty period.
2. Warranty Period for Self-Powered Exit Sign Batteries: Five years from date of
Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for the entire warranty period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. NRTL Compliance: Fabricate and label emergency lighting units, exit signs, and batteries to
comply with UL 924.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Emergency and Exit Lighting
26 52 13- 3
C. Comply with NFPA 70 and NFPA 101.
D. Comply with NEMA LE 4 for recessed luminaires.
E. Comply with UL 1598 for fluorescent luminaires.
F. Internal Type Emergency Power Unit: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit, factory
mounted within luminaire body and compatible with ballast.
1. Emergency Connection: Operate fixture continuously at an output of 1400 lumens each
upon loss of normal power. Connect unswitched circuit to battery-inverter unit and
switched circuit to luminaire driver.
2. Operation: Relay automatically turns fixture on when power-supply circuit voltage drops
to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery
when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay
disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on
charger.
3. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following
conditions unless otherwise indicated:
a. Ambient Temperature: Less than 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C) or exceeding 104
deg F (40 deg C), with an average value exceeding 95 deg F (35 deg C) over a 24-
hour period.
b. Ambient Storage Temperature: Not less than minus 4 deg F (minus 20 deg C) and
not exceeding 140 deg F (60 deg C).
c. Humidity: More than 95 percent (condensing).
d. Altitude: Exceeding 3300 feet (1000 m).
4. Test Push-Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening luminaire or
entering ceiling space.
a. Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power
and demonstrates unit operability.
b. Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle
charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.
5. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type.
6. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type with sealed power transfer
relay.
7. Remote Test: Switch in handheld remote device aimed in direction of tested unit initiates
coded infrared signal. Signal reception by factory-installed infrared receiver in tested unit
triggers simulation of loss of its normal power supply, providing visual confirmation of
either proper or failed emergency response.
8. Integral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-required
test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an
integral audible alarm and a flashing red LED.
2.2 EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A. General Requirements for Emergency Lighting Units: Self-contained units.
B. Emergency Luminaires:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Emergency and Exit Lighting
26 52 13- 4
1. approved vendors Reference drawing and Lighting Schedule for emergency fixtures.
a. Operating at nominal voltage of 277 VAC.
b. Internal emergency power unit.
c. Rated for installation in damp locations, and for sealed and gasketed luminaires in
wet locations.
d. UL 94 5VA flame rating.
2.3 EXIT SIGNS
A. General Requirements for Exit Signs: Comply with UL 924; for sign colors, visibility, luminance,
and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Internally Lighted Signs:
1. Reference Lighting Schedule for approved manufacturers’.
2. Operating at nominal voltage of 277 VAC.
3. Lamps for AC Operation: LEDs; 50,000 hours minimum rated lamp life.
4. Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Internal emergency power unit.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Metal Parts:
1. Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
2. Sheet metal components shall be steel unless otherwise indicated.
3. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
B. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access:
1. Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions.
2. Designed to permit re-lamping without use of tools.
3. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling
accidentally during re-lamping and when secured in operating position.
C. Diffusers and Globes:
1. Glass: Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated.
2. Acrylic: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic, with high resistance to yellowing and other
changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation.
3. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch (3.175 mm) minimum unless otherwise indicated.
D. Housings:
1. Extruded/cast aluminum.
2. Powder coat finish.
E. Conduit: Electrical metallic tubing, minimum 3/4 inch (21 mm) in diameter.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Emergency and Exit Lighting
26 52 13- 5
2.5 METAL FINISHES
A. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of
approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.6 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems"
for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B. Support Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gage (2.68
mm).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for conditions affecting performance of luminaires.
B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire to verify actual locations of luminaire and electrical
connections before luminaire installation.
C. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and ceilings for suitable conditions where emergency lighting
luminaires will be installed.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install lamps in each luminaire.
D. Supports:
1. Sized and rated for luminaire and emergency power unit weight.
2. Able to maintain luminaire position when testing emergency power unit.
3. Provide support for luminaire and emergency power unit without causing deflection of
ceiling or wall.
4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100
percent of luminaire and emergency power unit weight and vertical force of 400 percent
of luminaire weight.
E. Wall-Mounted Luminaire Support:
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Emergency and Exit Lighting
26 52 13- 6
1. Attached to structural members in walls.
2. Do not attach luminaires directly to gypsum board.
F. Suspended Luminaire Support:
1. Do not use ceiling grid as support for pendant luminaires. Connect support wires or rods
to building structure.
G. Ceiling Grid Mounted Luminaires:
1. Secure to any required outlet box.
2. Secure emergency power unit using approved fasteners in a minimum of four locations,
spaced near corners of emergency power unit.
3. Use approved devices and support components to connect luminaire to ceiling grid and
building structure in a minimum of four locations, spaced near corners of luminaire.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation.
Verify transfer from normal power to battery power and retransfer to normal.
B. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass operation tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Perform startup service:
1. Charge emergency power units and batteries a minimum of 24 hours and conduct one-
hour discharge test.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Adjustments: Within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site visit to do the
following:
1. Inspect all luminaires. Replace fixture, emergency power units, batteries, or luminaires
that are defective.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Emergency and Exit Lighting
26 52 13- 7
a. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and
supplies.
2. Conduct short-duration tests on all emergency lighting.
END OF SECTION 26 52 13
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Copper Horizontal Cabling
27 15 13- 1
SECTION 27 15 13
COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized as
necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of copper horizontal cabling
infrastructure as described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include in all manufacturers' packing-label warnings and
instruction manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The materials and products specified herein reflect the minimum acceptable standards of
fabrication and manufacture. All materials and products supplied by the Contractor and
specified herein are to be new, unused, of first quality and in original packaging or shipping
containers or as shown on drawings and described in Item 3.01.
2.2 DATA AND VOIP CABLING
A. This major renovation will require Category 6A cabling:
1. Owner-approved single 4-pair, category 6A, unshielded twisted pairs, 23 gauge, bare
copper, polyethylene insulated conductors, with overall blue PVC flame retardant jacket,
plenum rated.
2. Cables shall be terminated on patch panels in equipment frames with blue jacks on both
ends of the permanent link termination
a. Approved manufacturer part numbers include:
1) Belden 10GXS13 Cat 6A cable item numbers: 10GXS13- D151000 (1,000
feet)
2) General Cable GenSPEED 10 Cat 6A item number: 7141819
3) Superior Essex 10Gain Cat 6A item number: 6A-246-7A or 6A-272-7A
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Copper Horizontal Cabling
27 15 13- 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and Owner’s Standards associated with the Telecommunications Installation portions
of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and other Owner supplied
specifications shall be followed during the course of the installation.
B. The Contractor is required to be currently listed as either a BICSI Certified Installer or a
registered Panduit Certified Installer and provide personnel for telecommunications installations
who are verifiably certified.
C. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
D. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the installation.
E. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with Owner before starting cable
installations and terminations.
F. The Contractor shall verify the category and jacket rating required with the Owner before
starting cable installation.
G. The Contractor shall verify existing cable fill in skeletal conduit, raceway or cable tray system
before installation of additional cables so as not to exceed 40% cable fill. Contractor will be
responsible for installation of additional skeletal conduit, raceway or cable tray where additional
cables to be added will exceed the 40% cable fill.
3.2 SKELETAL, CABLE TRAY, AND STATION CONDUITS
A. Provide a nylon pull cord in each conduit to facilitate future installation of cables.
B. Provide a nylon pull cord in each conduit and extended in raceway to openings for faceplates to
facilitate future installation of cables.
C. Provide a nylon pull cord in each straight section of cable tray. Pull cord shall be continuous
from each end of the straight section of tray.
3.3 HORIZONTAL COPPER CABLING
A. The copper voice and data horizontal cabling will be terminated at the IDF or BDF on patch
panels as described herein. Where patch panels are mounted in equipment frames, equally
distribute cables on each side, down the vertical wire management, and into the horizontal wire
management so as not to exceed wire management fill.
B. Horizontal cabling shall be terminated such that wire pair twists are maintained as closely as
possible to the point of mechanical termination. (No greater than 0.5”)
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Copper Horizontal Cabling
27 15 13- 3
C. Maximum strip length shall be 1.0” or less. Maintain cable sheath to leading edge of connector
block.
D. Contractor is responsible to obtain and follow installation instructions from the manufacturer for
correct termination and wire management of cables on respective products.
E. Horizontal cables shall be terminated in the telecom room serving that floor unless otherwise
noted.
3.4 WIRING CONFIGURATION
A. Wire all jacks according to ANSI/TIA/EIA T568-B configuration.
3.5 GENERAL CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Cable lengths within boxes shall be adequate to permit installation and removal of device for
inspection without damage to cable or connections (minimum of 12”).
B. Cable bends shall not be greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of the cable.
C. Care shall be taken so as not to damage cable during the installation process and that
manufacturer’s pull tension specification is not exceeded.
D. Route cables so that no horizontal cable exceeds 90 meters between TR termination and
device jack termination.
E. Provide a minimum 25’-0” and maximum 30’-0” of slack. Slack in the TRs to be contained on
the cable tray so that the cables lay flat and do not cross over themselves (no coils). Smaller
slack loops may be required in TR cabinets.
F. Within TRs, cables shall be snugly wrapped using Velcro reusable cable ties, a minimum of
every 3’-0” for cable organization. Velcro ties shall be tightened so as not to deform cable
jackets and thus affect cable performance. Plastic cable tie wraps shall not be used.
G. Velcro cable ties and tie wraps shall not be used in cable trays and skeletal systems outside of
the TR.
H. Cable fill in station conduits, skeletal conduits, raceway, and cable tray shall not exceed 40%
cable fill.
I. All telecom rooms must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials before the installation
of any termination hardware or the termination of copper or fiber optic cables. The door to the
telecommunication rooms must be installed and closed during termination.
J. Contractor is responsible for the protection of all telecommunications equipment in existing
telecom rooms.
3.6 CABLE TESTING
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Copper Horizontal Cabling
27 15 13- 4
A. 20% verification by the contractor of all horizontal voice and data cable tests will be performed.
B. The horizontal cabling consisting of single 4-pair cable runs for data and VOIP shall be tested
for Category 6a compliance utilizing a Fluke DTX or Fluke DSX series tester. Test unit shall be
set up using: 1) cat. 6a permanent link test, 2) actual cable # installed (e.g. CommScope
#874010104). 3) Cable Test Results shall be submitted in Fluke Linkware (.flw) format on a CD
at the end of the project.
3.7 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance. Contractor shall install equipment as per the Owner
provided equipment layout for IT room. Contractor shall be responsible for all terminations. 8’
0” of slack in cables in IT room after termination.
B. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
of experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
C. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to the Architect for
approval before performing any work.
3.8 AS BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information along with all test result information to the Owner.
B. As-built information shall be in red-lined format on a copy of construction drawings. Indicate
location of all terminations, skeletal and riser conduit routes, distribution cable trays, junction
boxes, and all additions and deletions pertaining to telecommunications. Include correct
terminal labeling next to all telecom symbols.
C. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
D. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, additions, and changes.
E. Contractor shall provide floor plans showing locations of all telecommunication outlets and
spaces.
END OF SECTION 27 15 13
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 1
SECTION 28 46 21.11
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Provide all material, labor, engineering and operations necessary for the installation of a
complete, operable fire detection and alarm system as shown on the drawings and as
specified herein
2. The fire alarm system shall be initially configured by the manufacturer.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 21 10 00 Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EMT: Electrical Metallic Tubing.
B. FACP: Fire Alarm Control Panel.
C. FASP - Fire Alarm Sub-Control Panel
D. FAPS - Fire Alarm Power Supply
E. RAAP - Remote Alarm Annunciator Panel
F. FABC - Fire Alarm Battery Cabinet
G. ANAC - Addressable Notification Appliance Controller
H. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies.
I. VESDA: Very Early Smoke-Detection Apparatus.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product, including furnished options and accessories.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 2
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions, profiles, and finishes.
2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and electrical characteristics.
B. Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system.
1. Comply with recommendations and requirements in the "Documentation" section of the
"Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
3. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and locations. Indicate conductor
sizes, indicate termination locations and requirements, and distinguish between factory
and field wiring.
4. Detail assembly and support requirements.
5. Include voltage drop calculations for notification-appliance circuits.
6. Include battery-size calculations.
7. Include input/output matrix.
8. Include statement from manufacturer that all equipment and components have been
tested as a system and meet all requirements in this Specification and in NFPA 72.
9. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector.
10. Verify that each duct detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature, and
humidity possible when air-handling system is operating.
11. Provide program report showing that air-sampling detector pipe layout balances
pneumatically within the airflow range of the air-sampling detector.
12. Include voice/alarm signaling-service equipment rack or console layout, grounding
schematic, amplifier power calculation, and single-line connection diagram.
13. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable
device. Show size and route of cable and conduits and point-to-point wiring diagrams.
Floor plans and layout shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer.
C. General Submittal Requirements:
1. Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them to
Architect.
2. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications:
a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire-alarm system design.
b. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-alarm systems and components to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by personnel certified by NICET as fire-alarm
Level II technician.
B. NFPA Certification: Obtain certification according to NFPA 72 by an NRTL (nationally
recognized testing laboratory).
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 3
C. NFPA Certification: Obtain certification according to NFPA 72 by a UL-listed alarm company.
D. System design, installation and materials shall comply with applicable codes, standards, and
regulations, which include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Indiana Building Code (IBC)
2. Indiana Fire Code (IFC)
3. Indiana Electrical Code (IEC)
4. Indiana Mechanical Code (IMC)
5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes and Standards
6. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
E. It is the contractor’s responsibility to notify the engineer, architect and owner in writing prior to
installation if there is a conflict or discrepancy between the applicable codes, standards or
regulations and the drawings or specifications.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform a full test of the existing system prior to starting work. Document any equipment or
components not functioning as designed.
B. Interruption of Existing Fire-Alarm Service: Do not interrupt fire-alarm service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary guard service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager and Building Owner] no fewer than sevendays in advance of
proposed interruption of fire-alarm service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of fire-alarm service Architect's and Building Owner's
written permission.
C. Use of Devices during Construction: Protect devices during construction unless devices are
placed in service to protect the facility during construction.
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Existing Fire-Alarm Equipment: Maintain existing equipment fully operational until new
equipment has been tested and accepted. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN
SERVICE" until it is accepted. Remove labels from new equipment when put into service, and
label existing fire-alarm equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from the building.
B. Equipment Removal: After acceptance of new fire-alarm system, remove existing disconnected
fire-alarm equipment and wiring.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire-alarm system equipment and
components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Extent: All equipment and components not covered in the Maintenance Service
Agreement.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 4
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Components shall be compatible
with, and operate as an extension of, existing system. Provide system manufacturer's
certification that all components provided have been tested as, and will operate as, a system.
B. Noncoded, UL-certified addressable system, with multiplexed signal transmission and
[voice][horn]/strobe evacuation.
C. Automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke detectors.
D. All components provided shall be listed for use with the selected system.
E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
2.2 SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
A. Fire-alarm signal (initiating devices) shall be compatible with existing fire alarm system
operation. more of the following devices and actions.
2.3 FIRE-ALARM CONTROL UNIT
A. Existing Control Unit Manufacturer: Siemens Industry, Inc.; Fire Safety Division.
B. General Requirements for Fire-Alarm Control Unit:
1. New devices, equipment, etc., shall be compatible with existing system and contractor
shall provide a fully functional system.
C. Notification-Appliance Circuit:
1. Audible appliances shall sound in a three-pulse temporal pattern, as defined in NFPA 72.
2. Where notification appliances provide signals to sleeping areas, the alarm signal shall be
a 520-Hz square wave with an intensity 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or
5 dB above the maximum sound level, or at least 75 dBA, whichever is greater,
measured at the pillow.
3. Visual alarm appliances shall flash in synchronization where multiple appliances are in
the same field of view, as defined in NFPA 72.
D. Contractor shall verify existing system is a Voice/Alarm Signaling Service with Central
emergency communication system with redundant microphones, preamplifiers, amplifiers, and
tone generators provided as a special module that is part of fire-alarm control unit.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 5
1. Indicate number of alarm channels for automatic, simultaneous transmission of different
announcements to different zones or for manual transmission of announcements by use
of the central-control microphone. Amplifiers shall comply with UL 1711.
a. Allow the application of, and evacuation signal to, indicated number of zones and,
at the same time, allow voice paging to the other zones selectively or in any
combination.
b. Programmable tone and message sequence selection.
c. Standard digitally recorded messages for "Evacuation" and "All Clear."
d. Generate tones to be sequenced with audio messages of type recommended by
NFPA 72 and that are compatible with tone patterns of notification-appliance
circuits of fire-alarm control unit.
2. Status Annunciator: Indicate the status of various voice/alarm speaker zones and the
status of firefighters' two-way telephone communication zones.
3. Preamplifiers, amplifiers, and tone generators shall automatically transfer to backup units,
on primary equipment failure.
2.4 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A. Existing Fire Alarm System: Siemens Industry, Inc.; Fire Safety Division. All new devices shall
be compatible with existing system.
B. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Individually addressed, connected to a
signaling-line circuit, equipped for mounting as indicated, and with screw terminals for system
connections.
C. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Connected to notification-appliance signal
circuits, zoned as indicated, equipped for mounting as indicated, and with screw terminals for
system connections.
1. Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a single-mounting
assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated, and with screw terminals for system
connections.
D. Chimes, High-Level Output: Vibrating type, 81-dBA minimum rated output.
E. Horns: Electric-vibrating-polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the operating
mechanism behind a grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a sound-pressure level of
90 dBA, measured 10 feet (3 m) from the horn, using the coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test
protocol.
F. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights complying with UL 1971, with clear or
nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is
engraved in minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) high letters on the lens.
1. Rated Light Output:
a. 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field.
2. Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 6
3. For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings shall be determined
with guards in place.
4. Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units.
5. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.
6. Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, [red] [white].
G. Voice/Tone Notification Appliances:
1. Comply with UL 1480.
2. Speakers for Voice Notification: Locate speakers for voice notification to provide the
intelligibility requirements of the "Notification Appliances" and "Emergency
Communications Systems" chapters in NFPA 72.
3. High-Range Units: Rated 2 to 15 W.
4. Low-Range Units: Rated 1 to 2 W.
5. Mounting: surface mounted.
6. Matching Transformers: Tap range matched to acoustical environment of speaker
location.
H. Exit Marking Audible Notification Appliance:
1. Exit marking audible notification appliances shall meet the audibility requirements in
NFPA 72.
2. Provide exit marking audible notification appliances at the entrance to all building exits.
3. Provide exit marking audible notification appliances at the entrance to areas of refuge
with audible signals distinct from those used for building exit marking.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for ventilation, temperature,
humidity, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify that manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions have been
permanently established in spaces where equipment and wiring are installed, before
installation begins.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical connections to verify actual locations of connections before
installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NFPA 72, NFPA 101, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for
installation and testing of fire-alarm equipment. Install all electrical wiring to comply with
requirements in NFPA 70 including, but not limited to, Article 760, "Fire Alarm Systems."
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 7
1. Devices placed in service before all other trades have completed cleanup shall be
replaced.
2. Devices installed but not yet placed in service shall be protected from construction dust,
debris, dirt, moisture, and damage according to manufacturer's written storage
instructions.
B. Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire-alarm system is operational before
making changes or connections.
1. Connect new equipment to existing control panel in existing part of the building.
2. Connect new equipment to existing monitoring equipment at the supervising station.
3. Expand, modify, and supplement existing control and monitoring equipment as necessary
to extend existing control and monitoring functions to the new points. New components
shall be capable of merging with existing configuration without degrading the
performance of either system.
C. Install wall-mounted equipment, with tops of cabinets not more than 78 inches (1980 mm)
above the finished floor.
D. Install a cover on each smoke detector that is not placed in service during construction. Cover
shall remain in place except during system testing. Remove cover prior to system turnover.
E. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling.
Install bells and horns on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism
concealed behind a grille. Install all devices at the same height unless otherwise indicated.
F. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least 6
inches (150 mm) below the ceiling. Install all devices at the same height unless otherwise
indicated.
G. Device Location-Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor.
3.3 PATHWAYS
A. Pathways above recessed ceilings and in nonaccessible locations may be routed exposed.
1. Exposed pathways located less than 96 inches (2440 mm) above the floor shall be
installed in EMT.
B. Exposed EMT shall be painted red enamel.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification specified in Section 27 05 53 "Identification for Communications Systems."
B. Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire-alarm control unit.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 8
3.5 GROUNDING
A. Ground fire-alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a ground
wire from main service ground to fire-alarm control unit.
B. Ground shielded cables at the control panel location only. Insulate shield at device location.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service
representative:
1. Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing.
a. Inspection shall be based on completed record Drawings and system
documentation that is required by the "Completion Documents, Preparation" table
in the "Documentation" section of the "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72.
b. Comply with the "Visual Inspection Frequencies" table in the "Inspection" section of
the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72; retain the
"Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components.
2. System Testing: Comply with the "Test Methods" table in the "Testing" section of the
"Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
3. Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound-level meter complying with Type 2
requirements in ANSI S1.4.
4. Test audible appliances for the private operating mode according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
5. Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
6. Factory-authorized service representative shall prepare the "Fire Alarm System Record of
Completion" in the "Documentation" section of the "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72
and the "Inspection and Testing Form" in the "Records" section of the "Inspection,
Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
C. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of added or
replaced devices and appliances.
D. Fire-alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
F. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly, monthly,
quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections.
G. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire-alarm
system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Use forms
developed for initial tests and inspections.
April 24, 2020 Everest-Carmel, IN
11711 North Meridian Street
City of Carmel, Clay Township
Hamilton County, IN 46032
Applied Engineering Project #20-069
Applied Engineering Services, Inc. Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
28 46 21.11- 9
3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall
include 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's designated service
organization. Include preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective
components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper operation. Parts and
supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.
1. Include visual inspections according to the "Visual Inspection Frequencies" table in the
"Testing" paragraph of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Perform tests in the "Test Methods" table in the "Testing" paragraph of the "Inspection,
Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
3. Perform tests per the "Testing Frequencies" table in the "Testing" paragraph of the
"Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
3.8 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire-alarm system.
END OF SECTION 28 46 21.11